GemBox.Spreadsheet

Base class for classes representing one or more excel cells.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Internal.

Gets the name of instance.

A cell name includes its column letter and row number. For example, the name of a cell in row 0 and column 0 is "A1". A cell range name includes the column letter and row number of first (top-left) and last (bottom-right) cell. For example, the name of range [0, 0]...[4, 4] is "A1:E5", of range [0, 0]...[4, MaxColumns-1] is "1:5", of range [0, 0]...[MaxRows-1, 4] is "A:E", of single cell range [4, 4]...[4, 4] is "E5".

Gets or sets comment.

Gets or sets hyperlink.

Gets or sets formula string.

Gets or sets a formula string in R1C1 notation.

Gets or sets cell value on one or more excel cells.

Gets or sets the rich value on one or more excel cells.

Calculates formula for one or more excel cells.

Inserts a range by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Removes a range by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Gets or sets the cell formatting of one or more cells.

The cell formatting of one or more cells. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Returns all objects that represents a range of characters within the cell text.

All objects that represents a range of characters within the cell text.

Returns a object that represents a range of characters within the cell text. The range starts at a specified character position.

The zero-based starting character position. New object. This method only works on cell with string value. Argument is less than zero or is equal to or greater than 32767. In-line Text Formatting example

Returns a object that represents a range of characters within the cell text. The range starts at a specified character position and has a specified length.

The zero-based starting character position. The number of characters. New object. This method only works on cell with string value. Argument is less than zero or is equal to or greater than 32767. Argument is equal to or less than zero or is greater than 32767. In-line Text Formatting example

Replaces all occurrences of the specified text with another text in the current .

The text to be replaced. The text to replace all occurrences of . if text is found, otherwise.

Replaces all occurrences of the specified text with another text in the current .

The text to be replaced. The text to replace all occurrences of . to match exact case, otherwise. if text is found, otherwise.

Replaces all occurrences of the specified text with another text in the current .

The text to be replaced. The text to replace all occurrences of . to match exact case, otherwise. to match entire cell contents, otherwise. if text is found, otherwise.

Replaces all matches of the specified with specified text in the current .

The Regex which should be matched. The text which should replace all matches of searched . if text is found, otherwise.

Clears the range format.

Clears the range (content, formatting, comment, hyperlink or all).

The clear options.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Returns if all cells in have default cell style; otherwise, .

Sets borders on one or more excel cells, taking cell position into account.

Borders to set. Line color. Line style.

Represents an anchor cell object used in type to specify from which cell and to which cell drawing (picture, chart, etc.) spans.

Initializes a new instance of the class by using offset values in EMU units (1 point = 12 700 EMU).

The column where the anchor is placed. The row where the anchor is placed. The column offset for the anchor. The row offset for the anchor. or is . and do not belong to the same worksheet.

Initializes a new instance of the class by using offset values in arbitrary length unit.

The column where the anchor is placed. The row where the anchor is placed. The column offset for the anchor in arbitrary length unit. The row offset for the anchor in arbitrary length unit. The length unit in which and are specified. or is . and do not belong to the same worksheet.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column where the anchor is placed. The row where the anchor is placed. If set to , anchor will be placed in the top left corner of the cell in current column and current row; otherwise, anchor will be placed in the top-left corner of the cell in next column and next row.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The cell where the anchor is placed. If set to , anchor will be placed in the top left corner of the cell in current column and current row; otherwise, anchor will be placed in the top-left corner of the cell in next column and next row.

Initializes a new instance of the class by using another anchor cell.

Anchor cell to copy from. is .

Gets or sets the column for the anchor cell.

The column for the anchor cell. Value is . Column doesn't belong to the same worksheet as anchor cell row.

Gets or sets the row for the anchor cell.

The row for the anchor cell. Value is . Row doesn't belong to the same worksheet as anchor cell column.

Gets or sets the column offset for the anchor cell in EMU units (1 point = 12 700 EMU).

The column offset for the anchor cell in EMU units (1 point = 12 700 EMU). Length unit for this property is EMU (English Metric Unit) (1 point = 12 700 EMU) for historical reasons. Use and methods to get or set the using arbitrary length unit. is constrained to ..

Gets or sets row offset for the anchor cell in EMU units (1 point = 12 700 EMU).

The row offset for the anchor cell in EMU units (1 point = 12 700 EMU). Length unit for this property is EMU (English Metric Unit) (1 point = 12 700 EMU) for historical reasons. Use and methods to get or set the using arbitrary length unit. is constrained to ..

Gets the column offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit.

The length unit in which to return column offset. The column offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit. is constrained to ..

Sets the column offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit.

The column offset value. The length unit in which is specified.

Gets the row offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit.

The length unit in which to return row offset. The row offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit. is constrained to ..

Sets the row offset for the anchor cell in arbitrary length unit.

The row offset value. The length unit in which is specified.

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other anchor cell to compare with this anchor cell instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this anchor cell instance. if the specified is an and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents filter settings and provides filter functionality.

Use methods to create or get an instance. Active is stored in the parent worksheet () and is loaded from and saved to XLSX file. Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets the range to filter.

The range to filter.

Gets the filter columns.

The filter columns.

Gets the sort state.

The sort state.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a list of values. The list can contain , and values.

The index of a column relative to the that a set applies to. The list of values to filter by. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . contains an item which is not , or . If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a list of values. The list can contain , and values.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a top N (percent or number of items).

The index of a column relative to the that a set applies to. a value indicating whether or not to filter by top order. A value filters by bottom order. A value indicating whether or not to filter by percent value of the column. A value filters by number of items. The top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. For example "Filter by Top 10 Percent" or "Filter by Top 5 Items". This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . must be greater than zero. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The index of a column relative to the that a set applies to. The operator used by the filter condition. The value used by the filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The index of a column relative to the that a set applies to. The operator used by the (first) filter condition. The value used by the (first) filter condition. The value indicating whether the two conditions have an "and" relationship. indicates "and" and indicates "or". The operator used by the second filter condition. The value used by the second filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). filters by a dynamic criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today").

The index of a column relative to the that a set applies to. The dynamic filter type. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a custom filter method to a column with the specified index (relative to the ). Use this method to specify a custom filter behavior which is not provided by any of the s.

The index of a column relative to the that a set custom filter predicate applies to. A custom filter method. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it won't be removed.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ).

The index of a column relative to the that an added applies to. This to specify additional filters / sort levels or to apply filter / sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The index of a column relative to the that an added applies to. The custom list by which order of items to sort by. This to specify additional filters / sort levels or to apply filter / sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order to sort by.

The index of a column relative to the that an added applies to. to sort the values in the descending order; otherwise, . This to specify additional filters / sort levels or to apply filter / sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order and custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The index of a column relative to the that an added applies to. to sort the values in the descending order; otherwise, . The custom list by which order of items to sort by. This to specify additional filters / sort levels or to apply filter / sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order and custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Adds a to a column with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified comparison method to sort by.

The index of a column relative to the that an added applies to. The comparison method to sort by. This to specify additional filters / sort levels or to apply filter / sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than of the . If already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Performs the filtering and sorting of this based on this settings. Rows which cells contained in do not satisfy filtering conditions will be hidden ( will be set to ).

Sort range contains merged cells. This method has the same affect as with parameter set to .

Performs the filtering and (optionally) sorting of this based on this settings. Rows which cells contained in do not satisfy filtering conditions will be hidden ( will be set to ).

Sort range contains merged cells. if set to perform sorting in addition to filtering.

Shows all rows (sets to ) to which belongs.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a built-in style name.

Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

'' built-in style.

'RowLevel_1' built-in style.

'RowLevel_2' built-in style.

'RowLevel_3' built-in style.

'RowLevel_4' built-in style.

'RowLevel_5' built-in style.

'RowLevel_6' built-in style.

'RowLevel_7' built-in style.

'ColLevel_1' built-in style.

'ColLevel_2' built-in style.

'ColLevel_3' built-in style.

'ColLevel_4' built-in style.

'ColLevel_5' built-in style.

'ColLevel_6' built-in style.

'ColLevel_7' built-in style.

'Comma' built-in style.

'Currency' built-in style.

'Percent' built-in style.

'Comma [0]' built-in style.

'Currency [0]' built-in style.

Hyperlink built-in style.

Followed Hyperlink built-in style.

Note built-in style.

'Warning Text' built-in style.

'Title' built-in style.

'Heading 1' built-in style.

'Heading 2' built-in style.

'Heading 3' built-in style.

'Heading 4' built-in style.

'Input' built-in style.

'Output' built-in style.

'Calculation' built-in style.

'Check Cell' built-in style.

'Linked Cell' built-in style.

'Total' built-in style.

'Good' built-in style.

'Bad' built-in style.

'Neutral' built-in style.

'Accent1' built-in style.

'20% - Accent1' built-in style.

'40% - Accent1' built-in style.

'60% - Accent1' built-in style.

'Accent2' built-in style.

'20% - Accent2' built-in style.

'40% - Accent2' built-in style.

'60% - Accent2' built-in style.

'Accent3' built-in style.

'20% - Accent3' built-in style.

'40% - Accent3' built-in style.

'60% - Accent3' built-in style.

'Accent4' built-in style.

'20% - Accent4' built-in style.

'40% - Accent4' built-in style.

'60% - Accent4' built-in style.

'Accent5' built-in style.

'20% - Accent5' built-in style.

'40% - Accent5' built-in style.

'60% - Accent5' built-in style.

'Accent6' built-in style.

'20% - Accent6' built-in style.

'40% - Accent6' built-in style.

'60% - Accent6' built-in style.

'Explanatory Text' built-in style.

Enumeration of available built-in document properties.

Title of the document.

Name of the document's author.

Subject of the document.

Document comments.

Category of the document.

Status of the document.

Document keywords.

Name of the last author.

Manager.

Company.

Base hyperlink.

Application.

UTC time of creation of the document.

UTC time on which the document was last modified/saved.

UTC time on which the document was last printed.

Represents the supported modes for performing calculations on workbook data.

Calculations in the workbook are performed automatically when cell values change.

Calculations in the workbook are performed automatically when cell values change. Tables are excluded during automatic calculation.

Calculations in the workbook are triggered manually by the user.

Class represents various calculation engine options.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether mathematical operations should be resolved using values instead of values for increased precision, at the expense of performance.

True if mathematical operations should be resolved using decimal values; otherwise, false. The double type can on some rare occasions not be precise enough to represent a number correctly, for example, 78.975 as a is actually 78.974999999999994315658113919198513031005859375.
Calling with ()78.975, 2 and will result in 78.97, which is incorrect.
Calling with ()78.975, 2 and will result in 78.98, which is correct.
If this option is set to , mathematical operations that could trigger problems when used with double (for example, round) will be resolved with decimal, which can reduce performance.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether iterative calculation is enabled.

True if iterative calculation is enabled; otherwise, false. A circular reference is when a formula refers to itself directly or indirectly. Setting this property to true will allow circular references in cell formulas; otherwise a will be thrown for every circular reference in the calculation process.

Gets or sets the maximum calculation iterations.

The maximum calculation iterations. This property defines the maximum number of formula recalculations for a circular reference.

Gets or sets the maximum calculation change.

The maximum calculation change. This property defines the maximum value change in circular reference iterations after which the calculation process is stopped.

Gets or sets the calculation mode.

The calculation mode. The property has no effect on the calculation performed by one of the Calculate() methods.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether the intermediate results of formulas should be cached. For some files, caching can decrease the time necessary to calculate formulas.

The value indicates whether the intermediate results of formulas should be cached. The default value is false. Use this property with caution, however. For most files, caching will not improve performance, but hurt it. Caching is useful only when there are repeated formulas (or expressions) that are always evaluated to the same result. So, even though some formulas can look the same, their results will be different; Thus, they are inapplicable for caching. An example of such a formula is =MAX(ROW(), COLUMN()), whose result will not be cached, because the result depends on the cell where the formula is placed.

Gets or sets the culture used during the calculation. The default value is .

The culture used during the calculation. .NET 5.0 and later versions use International Components for Unicode (ICU) libraries for globalization functionality when running on Windows 10 May 2019 Update or later. When running your application on .NET 5.0, you might see changes in calculation of some formulas, for example, when formatting currency (if is specified without country or region) or negative currency (because might differ between ICU and NLS which is used on .NET Framework and .NET Core 3.1 and lower). For more information about this .NET 5.0 breaking change and how to revert to using NLS globalization APIs, see the Globalization APIs use ICU libraries on Windows page.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether to prioritize R1C1 notation over A1 notation when evaluating formulas.

The value indicating whether to prioritize R1C1 notation over A1 notation when evaluating formulas. The default value is false (A1 notation is prioritized). This property is necessary because some references can be ambiguous. For example "RC1" references the RC column and first row in A1 notation and the current row and first column in R1C1 notation.

Spreadsheet calculation error type enumeration.

Divide by zero error.

Undefined function or identifier.

Value cannot be converted to number or number is out of defined range.

Incompatible argument type error.

Cell reference evaluation error.

Null value error.

Designated value is not available.

Spill range is not blank.

Error on calculation or invalid parameter passed to function.

Represents errors that can occur in GemBox.Spreadsheet formula calculation process.

Gets the calculation error type.

The calculation error type.

Gets the string value for provided calculation error type.

The calculation error type. String value representing provided calculation error type.

Adds additional exception data to the .

The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.

Represents exception that can occur in GemBox.Spreadsheet formula parsing process.

Gets the name of the .

The name of the .

Gets the name of the .

The name of the .

Adds additional exception data to the .

The that holds the serialized object data about the exception being thrown. The that contains contextual information about the source or destination.

Represents the color and line style for the single border of a cell.

Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the border line color. Default value is color created from name .

The border line color. Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the line style for this . Default value is .

The line style for this . Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Sets the border color and line style.

The border line color. The line style. Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal).

Gets the which contains the color and line style for the specified individual border of a cell.

The which contains the color and line style for the specified individual border of a cell. The individual border for which to get the color and line style. The which contains the color and line style for the specified individual border of a cell. Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Sets the color and line style for the specified multiple borders of a cell.

The multiple borders for which to set the color and line style. The border line color. The line style. Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets the unresolved (direct) which contains the color and line style for the specified individual border of a cell.

The individual border for which to get the color and line style. The unresolved (direct) which contains the color and line style for the specified individual border of a cell.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Exception that occurs when the limit of cells in a workbook is exceeded.

Cell range is a rectangular group of worksheet cells.

Cell range is determined by its top, left, bottom and right borders. These properties are read-only, so if you require different cell range use one of the following methods: , , or . Specific cell can be accessed in a few ways, depending on . Cells in the range can be merged / unmerged by the use of property. property set will set value of multiple cells or of a merged range. property get has meaning only if range is merged; otherwise, exception is thrown. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets index of the first (topmost) row.

Gets index of the first (leftmost) column.

Gets index of the last (bottommost) row.

Gets index of the last (rightmost) column.

Gets width of this cell range, in columns.

Gets height of this cell range, in rows.

Gets name of the first (top-left) cell in this cell range.

Gets name of the last (bottom-right) cell in this cell range.

Returns is any cell in this cell range is merged; otherwise, .

Gets excel cell with the specified name or at the specified position.

Gets excel cell at the specified index.

The zero-based context index of the cell. If is RangeIndexingMode.Horizontal context index is specifying relative column position. If is RangeIndexingMode.Vertical context index is specifying relative row position. If is RangeIndexingMode.Rectangular context index is specifying cell index inside cell range. The cell at StartPosition has index 0, and the cell at has index of x - 1.

Gets excel cell at the specified relative position.

The zero-based relative row position. The zero-based relative column position. Absolute position of excel cell is calculated by adding and to and .

Gets excel cell with the specified full or partial name.

Full or partial name of the cell. If is RangeIndexingMode.Rectangular full name of the cell must be used (for example; "A1", "D7", etc.). If is RangeIndexingMode.Horizontal column name must be used (for example; "A", "D", etc.). If is RangeIndexingMode.Vertical row name must be used (for example; "1", "7", etc.).

Gets or sets whether cells in this range are merged.

By setting this property to , you are merging all the cells () in this range. Merging process will fail if any of the cells in the range is already merged. When modifying merged cell, whole merged range is modified. For example, if you set ExcelCell.Value, value of merged range will be modified. You can find out if the cell is merged by checking if ExcelCell.MergedRange property is different than . Merged range can't be created because some of the cells in the range are already merged.

Gets or sets cell value on one or more excel cells.

Property set will set value of multiple cells or of a merged range. Property get has meaning only if range is ; otherwise, exception is thrown. Property get is attempted on a cell range which is not merged.

Gets or sets the rich value on one or more excel cells.

Property set will set rich value of multiple cells or of a merged range. Property get has meaning only if range is ; otherwise, exception is thrown. Property get is attempted on a cell range which is not merged.

Gets or sets merged cell comment.

If the is not , an exception is thrown. Cell range has defined comment only if it's merged.

Gets or sets merged cell hyperlink.

If the is not , an exception is thrown. Cell range has defined hyperlink only if it's merged.

Gets or sets formula string.

In XLSX files, reading and writing of all formulas are supported. In XLS files, reading and writing of all common and most of the advanced formulas are supported. In XLSB files, reading and writing of all common and most of the advanced formulas are supported. In ODS files, reading and writing of all formulas are supported, however, OpenOffice formulas don't have the same syntax as Excel formulas. In CSV files, reading of all formulas is supported. For more information on formulas, consult Microsoft Excel documentation. Property get is attempted on a cell range which is not merged.

Gets or sets a formula string in R1C1 notation.

Sets array formula (also known as CSE formula) to the range of cells.

The array formula.

Changes the range's column widths to fit the contents. Use this method instead of multiple calls to method if auto-fitting multiple columns.

Changes the range's row heights to fit the contents. Use this method instead of multiple calls to method if auto-fitting multiple rows.

if merged ranges should be taken into account; otherwise, .

Gets the active on the parent worksheet () if active is equal to this and parameter is ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet if parameter is . is used to store sort settings and to apply sort on this range of cells.

if set to , gets or sets the active on the parent worksheet (). The active on the parent worksheet () if active is equal to this and parameter is ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet if parameter is . Use this method (with parameter set to ) to create multiple independent s for the same instance, even if it has an active (), which can then be stored and used later on. Excel Sorting example

Gets the active on the parent worksheet () or Table () if active is equal to this ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet or table. is used to store filter settings and to apply filter on this range of cells.

The active on the parent worksheet () or table if active is equal to this ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet or table. This method has the same affect as with parameter set to . The filter is set as active filter on a table if this range is inside any table in this worksheet. Otherwise the filter is set as active filter on the parent worksheet Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets the active on the parent worksheet () or Table () if active is equal to this and parameter is ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet or table if parameter is . is used to store filter settings and to apply filter on this range of cells.

if set to , gets or sets the active on the parent worksheet () or Table (). The active on the parent worksheet () or Table () if active is equal to this and parameter is ; otherwise, a new instance, which is set as active on the parent worksheet or table if parameter is . Use this method (with parameter set to ) to create multiple independent s for the same instance, even if it has an active (), which can then be stored and used later on. If the parameter is set to the filter is set as active filter on a table if this range is inside any table in this worksheet. Otherwise the filter is set as active filter on the parent worksheet Excel AutoFiltering example

Returns an enumerator for the (all cells).

An enumerator for the (all cells). Returns default enumerator that iterates all cells in the range. If you are only reading existing cells (values or formatting), use more appropriate .

Returns an enumerator for the (all cells).

An enumerator for the (all cells). Returns default enumerator that iterates all cells in the range. If you are only reading existing cells (values or formatting), use more appropriate .

Returns enumerator for the (only allocated cells).

An enumerator for the (only allocated cells). Returns enumerator that iterates only already allocated cells in the range. If you are only reading existing cells (values or formatting), use this enumerator as it is faster and doesn't allocate unnecessary cells.

Gets indexing mode used for cell range.

If is 1, indexing mode is . Otherwise, if is 1, indexing mode is . Otherwise, indexing mode is Rectangular.

Returns new cell range using absolute indexing.

Absolute index of the first row. Absolute index of the first column. Absolute index of the last row. Absolute index of the last column. New cell range using absolute indexing. New cell range must be within this cell range. Arguments are out of range.

Returns new cell range using relative indexing.

Relative index of the first row. Relative index of the first column. Width of new cell range in columns. Height of new cell range in rows. New cell range using relative indexing. New cell range must be within this cell range. Arguments are out of range.

Returns new cell range using start and end position.

Name of first (top-left) cell. Name of last (bottom-right) cell. New cell range using start and end position. New cell range must be within this cell range. Arguments are out of range.

Returns new cell range using A1 style notation.

The cell range reference in A1 style notation. New cell range using A1 style notation. New cell range must be within this cell range. Multiple area selection is not supported (e.g. "A1:B2,C3:D4,E5:F6").

Copies this cell range to another position in the same worksheet or in another worksheet.

Full name of the top-left cell of the destination range (e.g. "D4", "Sheet2!D5", etc.). Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is . Top-left cell is incorrectly specified.

Copies this cell range to another position in the same worksheet or in another worksheet with specified copy options.

Full name of the top-left cell of the destination range (e.g. "D4", "Sheet2!D5", etc.). The copy options. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is . Top-left cell is incorrectly specified.

Copies this cell range to another worksheet.

Destination worksheet. Full name of the top-left cell of the destination range. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is . Top-left cell is incorrectly specified.

Copies this cell range to another worksheet with specified copy options.

Destination worksheet. Full name of the top-left cell of the destination range. The copy options. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is . Top-left cell is incorrectly specified.

Copies this cell range to another position in the same worksheet.

Absolute index of the destination row. Absolute index of the destination column. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is .

Copies this cell range to another position in the same worksheet with specified copy options.

Absolute index of the destination row. Absolute index of the destination column. The copy options. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is .

Copies this cell range to another worksheet.

Destination worksheet. Absolute index of the destination row. Absolute index of the destination column. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is .

Copies this cell range to another worksheet with specified copy options.

Destination worksheet. Absolute index of the destination row. Absolute index of the destination column. The copy options. Destination cell range has the same width and height as this cell range. is thrown if destination range: breaks Excel worksheet row or column limit, overlaps with source range, or overlaps with existing merged range. Destination range is invalid. Destination worksheet is .

Checks if this cell range overlaps with another cell range.

Cell range. if cell ranges overlap; otherwise, . is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. Index of the row where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. Index of the column where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. Index of the row where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. Index of the column where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. to match entire cell contents, otherwise. Index of the row where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. Index of the column where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. The where the text was found or if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. The where the text was found or if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence of the specified text in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. to match entire cell contents, otherwise. The where the text was found or if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence which matches the specified in the current cell range.

The which should be matched. Index of the row where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. Index of the column where the text was found or -1 if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds the first occurrence which matches the specified in the current cell range.

The which should be matched. The where the text was found or if no text was found. if text is found, otherwise. is .

Finds all occurrences which match the specified in the current cell range.

Text to search. All s where the text was found. is .

Finds all occurrences which match the specified in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. All s where the text was found. is .

Finds all occurrences which match the specified in the current cell range.

Text to search. to match exact case, otherwise. to match entire cell contents, otherwise. All s where the text was found. is .

Finds all occurrences which match the specified in the current cell range.

The which should be matched. All s where the text was found. is .

Inserts a range by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Removes a range by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Calculates formula for every excel cell in this range.

Clears the range format.

Selects a worksheet region to which the cell range belongs to.

The worksheet region to which the cell range belongs to.

Creates subtotals for the current cell range.

The column index based on which grouping should be done. The subtotal function to be applied. An array of column indexes to which the subtotals are added.

Creates subtotals for the current cell range.

The column index based on which grouping should be done. The subtotal function to be applied. An array of column indexes to which the subtotals are added. to replace existing subtotals, otherwise.

Creates subtotals for the current cell range.

The column index based on which grouping should be done. The subtotal function to be applied. An array of column indexes to which the subtotals are added. to replace existing subtotals, otherwise. to add page breaks after each group, otherwise.

Creates subtotals for the current cell range.

Converts position string ("A1", "BN27", etc.) to row and column index.

Position string. Row index. Column index.

Converts row and column index to position string ("A1", "BN27", etc.).

Row index. Column index. Position string.

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

This method is obsolete. Use , and methods instead. Sorts the rows of this by comparing values of s in columns specified by .

The sort descriptions that specify columns by which to sort.

This method is obsolete. Use , and methods instead. Sorts the rows of this by comparing values of s in columns specified by .

The sort descriptions that specify columns by which to sort.

A collection of items.

Adds the from the specified worksheet to the collection.

The worksheet. The cell reference for which to create . An instance of the that was added to the collection.

Enumerator used for iterating cells in a .

Releases all resources used by the .

Parent .

Current absolute row index in the cell range.

Current absolute column index in the cell range.

Sets the enumerator to its initial position, which is one column before the first cell in the cell range.

Advances the enumerator to the next element of the cell range.

if the enumerator was successfully advanced to the next element; if the enumerator has passed the end of the cell range.

Gets the current in the cell range.

Represents cell formatting.

Initializes a new instance of the class not associated with any workbook.

Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range.

Initializes a new instance of the class which references default () style from the specified workbook.

The workbook from which default () style this inherits formatting. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range.

Gets or sets the number format which indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Default value is General. If set to , number format will be resolved from referenced workbook style.

The number format which indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. If the value of this property is General or and is of type, ISO date/time format will be used as number format. Custom number format has to be in invariant culture format. Example:

Format string	Value	Output
#####	123	123
00000	123	00123
#,#	1234567890	1,234,567,890
00.00	1.2	01.20
#,##0.00	1234567890	1,234,567,890.00
#0.##%	0.092	9.2%

For more information on number format strings consult Microsoft Excel documentation. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets a that represents the format code for the numeric value in the language of the user.

A that represents the format code for the numeric value in the language of the user.

Gets or sets the horizontal alignment. Default value is .

The horizontal alignment. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the vertical alignment. Default value is .

The vertical alignment. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the number of spaces (of the style font) of indentation for text in a cell. The number of spaces to indent is calculated as following: Number of spaces to indent = * 3. Default value is 0.

The number of spaces (of the style font) of indentation for text in a cell. If is , should be set to , or . If is , should be set to , or . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint. Value must be greater than or equal to 0.

Gets or sets the text rotation in degrees (1/360th of a full circle). Value must be between -90 and 90 and specifies counterclockwise rotation of the text from the normal position. The first letter of the text is considered the center-point of the arc. Default value is 0.

The text rotation in degrees. and are mutually exclusive. If is set, is set to . If is set, is set to 0. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint. Value must be between -90 and 90.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether text orientation is vertical. Default value is .

if text orientation is vertical; otherwise, . and are mutually exclusive. If is set, is set to 0. If is set, is set to . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text in a cell should be line-wrapped within the cell. Default value is .

if the text in a cell should be line-wrapped within the cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the displayed text in the cell should be shrunk to fit the cell width. Not applicable when a cell contains multiple lines of text. Default value is .

if the displayed text in the cell should be shrunk to fit the cell width; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the font. If set to , font will be resolved from referenced workbook style.

The font. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the borders. If set to , borders will be resolved from referenced workbook style.

The borders. Diagonal-up ( / ) and diagonal-down ( / ) always share the same color and line style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the fill (cell background). If set to , fill will be resolved from referenced workbook style. Fill can be either pattern or gradient. Gradient fill is currently supported in XLSX and partially in rendering engine (PDF, XPS, and image formats).

The fill (cell background). Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the cell is locked. Default value is .

if the cell is locked; otherwise, . When cells are marked as "locked" and the workbook is or the sheet is , then the options specified in the are prohibited for these cells. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the contents of the cell will not be displayed in the formula bar. Default value is .

if the contents of the cell will not be displayed in the formula bar; otherwise, . When the cell is hidden and the workbook is or the sheet on which the cell resides is , then the cell value will be displayed in the cell grid location, but the contents of the cell will not be displayed in the formula bar. This is true for all types of cell content, including formula, text, or numbers. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

If is workbook , gets or sets the name of the style; otherwise, gets the name of the referenced workbook from which this inherits formatting. Default value is Normal.

If is workbook , the name of the style; otherwise, the name of the referenced workbook from which this inherits formatting. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text string in a cell should be prefixed by a single quote mark (e.g., 'text). Use it to store numeric value of a cell as text. Default value is .

if the text string in a cell should be prefixed by a single quote mark (e.g., 'text); otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the reading order of the cell is left-to-right, right-to-left, or context dependent.

A value indicating whether the reading order of the cell is left-to-right, right-to-left, or context dependent.

Gets a value indicating whether the referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting.

if the referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of workbook (master) s.

Gets the 'Normal' style.

The 'Normal' style. The 'Normal' style always exists in a workbook and it cannot be removed. The 'Normal' style stores default cell formatting properties for an entire workbook, because all cells will reference the 'Normal' style by default.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

Gets the that corresponds to given name. If doesn't contain correspondent style, then new style will be added and returned.

The name of the . that corresponds to given name.

Gets the that corresponds to given . If doesn't contain correspondent style, then new style will be added and returned.

The of the . that corresponds to given .

Adds an empty instance to the .

The name of new instance. New instance that is added to this collection. Parameter cannot be null or empty. Style with name is already contained in the workbook.

Removes style with the specified name from the workbook.

The name of the style which should be removed from the workbook. if style is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if style was not found in the workbook. '' style cannot be removed from the workbook.

Removes built-in style with the specified name from the workbook.

The name of the built-in style which should be removed from the workbook. if style is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if style was not found in the workbook. '' style cannot be removed from the workbook.

Determines whether the contains a instance with specific name.

Name of the to locate in the . if instance with specific name is found in the ; otherwise, .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

A IEnumerator<Style> that can be used to iterate through the .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through a collection.

An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Represents the possible cell value types.

Blank cell.

Cell value is boolean.

Cell value is integer.

Cell value is double.

Cell value is date-time.

Cell value is string.

Cell containing an error.

A general type representing any reference or value type not explicitly represented by another CellValueType.

Represents a chart whose series values are drawn using filled areas.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets or sets the chart grouping.

The chart grouping.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

Represents the possible positions for both chart axis to cross. It does not affect secondary axis.

The opposite axis will be automatically positioned.

The opposite axis will be positioned before an specific point (1-based category index for category axis or a specific value for value axis).

The opposite axis will be positioned after this axis maximum value or last category.

Represents an axis major or minor gridlines.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether gridlines are visible.

if gridlines are visible; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Deletes gridlines.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents the possible positions for axis labels.

Axis labels are not drawn.

Axis labels are next to the axis.

Axis labels are at the low end of the perpendicular axis.

Axis labels are at the high end of the perpendicular axis. This value is currently not supported when exporting a chart to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This value is exported as .

Represents an axis type.

Axis type used for categories.

Axis type used for categories which are dates / times.

Axis type used for series values.

Represents a chart whose series values are drawn using horizontal rectangles.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets or sets the chart grouping.

The chart grouping.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

Gets or sets the width of the series gap. Default value is 1.82 if is ; otherwise, 1.5.

The width of the series gap in range from 0.0 to 5.0. Value is not between 0.0 and 5.0.

Gets or sets the series overlap. Default value is 0 if is ; otherwise, 1.

The series overlap in range from -1.0 to 1.0. Value is not between -1.0 and 1.0.

Represents an axis used for categories.

Gets the axis type for which is .

The value.

Gets or sets the interval between labels that are drawn.

The interval between labels that are drawn. Value must be between 1 and 255.

Gets or sets the interval between tick marks that are drawn.

The interval between tick marks that are drawn. Default value of this property is 1. Value must be between 1 and 31999.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether the labels should be shown as hierarchy.

, to show the labels as hierarchy; false, to show the labels as flat text. Default value of this property is . This member is currently not supported when saving to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

Represents chart axes.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether any axis is visible.

if any axis is visible; otherwise, .

Gets the horizontal chart axis.

The horizontal chart axis.

Gets the vertical chart axis.

The vertical chart axis.

Gets the horizontal chart axis as category axis, if horizontal chart axis is category axis; otherwise .

The horizontal chart axis as category axis, if horizontal chart axis is category axis; otherwise .

Gets the horizontal chart axis as date axis, if horizontal chart axis is date axis; otherwise .

The horizontal chart axis as date axis, if horizontal chart axis is date axis; otherwise .

Gets the horizontal chart axis as value axis, if horizontal chart axis is value axis; otherwise .

The horizontal chart axis as value axis, if horizontal chart axis is value axis; otherwise .

Gets the vertical chart axis as category axis, if vertical chart axis is category axis; otherwise .

The vertical chart axis as category axis, if vertical chart axis is category axis; otherwise .

Gets the vertical chart axis as date axis, if vertical chart axis is date axis; otherwise .

The vertical chart axis as date axis, if vertical chart axis is date axis; otherwise .

Gets the vertical chart axis as value axis, if vertical chart axis is value axis; otherwise .

The vertical chart axis as value axis, if vertical chart axis is value axis; otherwise .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Deletes axes.

Represents a base class for all chart axis types.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether axis is visible.

if axis is visible; otherwise, . Default value of this property is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format axis value labels.

if number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format axis value labels; otherwise, . If is , then number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format axis value labels based on the following logic: If axis is or , then number format of the first cell in will be used. If axis is , then number format of the first cell in of the chart's first series will be used. Otherwise, if is specified, then it will be used to format axis value labels. Otherwise, if number format cannot be retrieved by any previously described means, then "General" number format will be used to format axis value labels. Default value of this property is .

Gets or sets the major tick marks position.

The major tick marks position. It is not possible to set this property of category axis on (it will always return ).

Gets or sets the minor tick marks position.

The minor tick marks position.

Gets or sets the axis labels position.

The axis labels position.

Gets or sets the axis cross configuration.

If set to , it is necessary to also set . The configuration of how this axis should cross the opposite axis.

Gets or sets the specific value or category on which the opposite axis should be positioned. To be used with set to .

Gets the of this instance.

The of this instance.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether values on the axis shall be reversed so they go from maximum to minimum.

if values on the axis shall be reversed so they go from maximum to minimum; otherwise, . Setting the value also changes position of the axis perpendicular to this one. If value is , axis perpendicular to this one will be positioned at the top (if horizontal) or at the right (if vertical) of the plot area; otherwise, if value is , axis perpendicular to this one will be positioned at the bottom (if horizontal) or at the left (if vertical) of the plot area.

Gets or sets the number format used for formatting axis value labels. If is , then number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format axis value labels as explained in remarks. Setting this property, sets to .

The number format used for formatting axis value labels. If is , then number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format axis value labels based on the following logic: If axis is or , then number format of the first cell in will be used. If axis is , then number format of the first cell in of the chart's first series will be used. Otherwise, if is specified, then it will be used to format axis value labels. Otherwise, if number format cannot be retrieved by any previously described means, then "General" number format will be used to format axis value labels.

Gets the axis title.

The axis title.

Gets the major gridlines.

The major gridlines.

Gets the minor gridlines.

The minor gridlines.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Gets or sets the text box formatting.

The text box formatting.

Changes the type of the axis.

New type of the axis. instance with equal to , if is not equal to of this instance; otherwise, this instance.

Changes the type of the axis.

New type of the axis. instance of type, if this instance is not of type; otherwise, this instance.

Deletes axis.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents the settings for the data labels for an entire series or the entire chart.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the series name should be shown in a data label.

if the series name should be shown in a data label; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the category name should be shown in a data label.

if the category name should be shown in a data label; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value should be shown in a data label.

if the value should be shown in a data label; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the percentage should be shown in a data label.

if the percentage should be shown in a data label; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether leader lines should be shown for data labels.

if leader lines should be shown for data labels; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the legend key should be shown in a data label.

if the legend key should be shown in a data label; otherwise, .

Gets or sets value from cells as a cell range reference (for example, 'Sheet1!A1:D1') that should be shown in a data label. Null if value from cells should not be shown.

Value from cells that should be shown, null otherwise. Supported only in XLSX and XLSB.

Gets or sets a collection of cached label values that represent pre-calculated or custom values to be displayed in data labels.

A collection of pre-calculated or custom label values, or if no cached values are provided.

Gets or sets the text that should be used to separate the parts of a data label.

The text that should be used to separate the parts of a data label.

Gets or sets the position of the data label.

The position of the data label.

Gets or sets the number format used for formatting data labels. If is , then number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format data labels. Setting this property, sets to .

The number format used for formatting data labels.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format data labels.

if number format from chart's source data (cells) will be used to format data labels; otherwise, . Default value of this property is .

Gets or sets the data label's custom layout.

The configuration of how the data labels should be positioned inside the chart. Custom layout is not supported by and and its derived classes. For those instances property will always return null and setting the value will have no effect.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Shows the value in the data label.

Shows the value in the data label at the specified position. and support , , and data label positions. supports , , , and data label positions. supports , , and data label positions. supports none of the data label positions. Use overload for instead. supports none of the data label positions. Use overload for instead.

The position of the label. The specified is not supported for this chart.

Deletes data labels.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a chart element`s custom positioning and sizing.

Gets or sets the configuration of how should be interpreted. See for a more specific explanation.

Gets or sets the horizontal transformation applied to the chart element's position. Should always be a value from 0 to 1, representing a percentage of the chart's total width. If is set to , this value will be used to set the left position of the chart element. If is set to or , the chart element's left position will be increased by this value.

For example, in a scenario where is set to 0.25, this element is originally positioned at 50px, inside a total chart area of 400px of width:
If is , the element will now be positioned at 100px (25% of 400px).
If is or , the element will now be positioned at 150px (original 50px plus 100px that represents 25% of the total area of 400px).

Gets or sets the vertical transformation applied to the chart element's position. Should always be a value from 0 to 1, representing a percentage of the chart's total height. If is set to , this value will be used to set the top position of the chart element. If is set to or , the chart element's top position will be increased by this value.

For example, in a scenario where is set to 0.25, this element is originally positioned at 50px, inside a total chart area of 400px of height:
If is , the element will now be positioned at 100px (25% of 400px).
If is or , the element will now be positioned at 150px (original 50px plus 100px that represents 25% of the total area of 400px).

Gets or sets the width transformation applied to the chart element. Should always be a value from 0 to 1, representing a percentage of the chart's total width. If is set to , this value will be used to set the right edge of the chart element (where the element horizontally ends). If is set to this value will be used to set the element's width.

For example, in a scenario where is set to 0.25, this element is horizontally positioned at 50px, inside a total chart area of 400px of width:
If is , the element will end at 100px (25% of 400px), since it starts at 50px, it will have 50px of width.
If is the element will now have 100px of width, since it starts at 50px, it will end at 150px.

Gets or sets the height transformation applied to the chart element. Should always be a value from 0 to 1, representing a percentage of the chart's total height. If is set to , this value will be used to set the right edge of the chart element (where the element vertically ends). If is set to this value will be used to set the element's height.

In a scenario where is set to 0.25, this element is vertically positioned at 50px, inside a total chart area of 400px of height:
If is , the element will end at 100px (25% of 400px), since it starts at 50px, it will have 50px of height.
If is the element will now have 100px of height, since it starts at 50px, it will end at 150px.

Gets or sets the configuration of whether to layout the plot area including axis and axis labels, which will all be fit inside the specified size and position () or whether to draw only the chart data (). Used only for .

Represents possible ways to interpret property values.

If used on the width or height context, the related property should be directly interpreted as the new width or height of the element. If used on the left or top position context, the element's left or top position should be increased by the related property value.

If used on the width or height context, the related property should be used to set the right or bottom position of the element. If used on the left or top position context, the related property should be directly interpreted as the new left or top position of the element.

Represents possible ways to layout a that uses .

Specifies that size and position properties will determine the size of the plot area (chart data) only, excluding tick marks and axis labels.

Specifies that size and position properties will determine the size of the plot area, including tick marks and axis labels.

Represents the grouping of a chart series for each category in a chart.

Chart series are drawn on the value axis. Not applicable for and .

Chart series are drawn next to each other along the category axis. Applicable only for and .

Chart series are drawn next to each other on the value axis. Use it to compare the contribution of each value to a total across categories. This value is currently supported only by and when exporting a chart to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This value is exported as for all other chart types.

Chart series are drawn next to each other along the value axis and scaled to total 100%. Use it to compare the percentage that each value contributes to a total across categories. This value is currently supported only by and when exporting a chart to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This value is exported as for all other chart types.

Represents a chart legend.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend is visible.

if legend is visible; otherwise, . If legend is not visible, its properties won't be saved when saving a workbook into XLSX format.

Gets or sets the legend position.

The legend position.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend overlaps chart's plot area or resizes it.

if legend overlaps chart's plot area without resizing it; otherwise, if legend doesn't overlap chart's plot area but resizes it instead.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Gets or sets the legend's custom layout.

The configuration of how the legend should be positioned and sized inside the chart.

Deletes legend.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Specifies the possible positions for a legend.

Specifies that the legend shall be drawn at the right of the chart.

Specifies that the legend shall be drawn at the top of the chart.

Specifies that the legend shall be drawn at the bottom of the chart.

Specifies that the legend shall be drawn at the left of the chart.

Specifies that the legend shall be drawn at the top right of the chart.

Represents a chart plot area.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the plot area's custom layout.

The configuration of how the plot area should be positioned and sized inside the chart.

Represents a single chart series.

Gets or sets the series name as direct value (for example, 'My series') or as a reference to a cell with value (for example, '=Sheet1!A1').

The series name.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend entry for this series instance is visible.

if legend entry for this series instance is visible; otherwise, . Default value of this property is . For and use from .

Gets the index of this instance in the parent . If parent chart is a 's child, value represents a global index.

The index of this instance in the parent .

Gets the series display name. If is direct value, then value is returned; otherwise, if is a cell reference, then referenced cell value is returned.

The series display name.

Gets the settings for the data labels for an entire series.

The settings for the data labels for an entire series.

Gets or sets the chart series values as a cell range reference (for example, 'Sheet1!A1:D1'). Values from cells in the referenced range will be used as values of this series.

The chart series values as a cell range reference.

Gets the chart series values.

The chart series values.

Gets the chart series data points.

The chart series data points.

Sets the chart series values.

The chart series values. is .

Sets the chart series values.

The chart series values.

Deletes the series.

Returns the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options. Fill format is not supported by and . For those instances property will always return an empty fill and setting the value will have no effect.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Represents a collection of objects.

Gets the number of elements contained in the .

Gets the that is stored at the zero-based index of the .

The zero-based index of the from which to get the . The that is stored at the zero-based index of the .

Adds a new empty series to the chart.

A new empty series added to the chart. Calling this method on 's series collection will add a new empty series to the last child chart's series collection. If is empty, an will be added automatically.

Adds a new series with specified name and values reference to the chart.

The series name. The series values reference. A new series with specified name and values reference added to the chart. Calling this method on 's series collection will add a new series with specified name and values reference to the last child chart's series collection. If is empty, an will be added automatically.

Adds a new series with specified name and values to the chart.

The series name. The series values. A new series with specified name and values added to the chart. Calling this method on 's series collection will add a new series with specified name and values to the last child chart's series collection. If is empty, an will be added automatically.

Adds a new series with specified name and values to the chart.

Removes the element at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the element to remove.

Removes all elements from the .

Moves the series at the specified index to a new location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the item to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the item. This method is not supported by 's series collection.

Gets the element at the specified index. Setting element is not supported.

The zero-based index of the element to get. The element at the specified index. Setting element is not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection.Add overloads.

Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection.Add overloads.

The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The to insert into the . Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection.Add overloads.

Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection.Add overloads.

The to add to the . The position into which the new element was inserted. Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection.Add overloads.

Represents a collection of series of specific type which derives from type.

A derived type.

Gets the number of elements contained in the .

Gets the that is stored at the zero-based index of the ChartSeriesCollection<T>.

The zero-based index of the ChartSeriesCollection<T> from which to get the . The that is stored at the zero-based index of the ChartSeriesCollection<T>.

Adds a new empty series to the chart.

A new empty series added to the chart.

Adds a new series with specified name and values reference to the chart.

The series name. The series values reference. A new series with specified name and values reference added to the chart.

Adds a new series with specified name and values to the chart.

The series name. The series values. A new series with specified name and values added to the chart.

Adds a new series with specified name and values to the chart.

The series name. The series values. A new series with specified name and values added to the chart.

Removes the element at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the element to remove.

Removes all elements from the .

Moves the series at the specified index to a new location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the item to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the item.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the

An enumerator for the .

Gets the item at the specified index. Setting item is not supported.

The zero-based index of the item to get. The item at the specified index. Setting item is not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection<T>.Add method or one of its overloads.

Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection<T>.Add method or one of its overloads.

The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The to insert into the IList<T>. Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection<T>.Add method or one of its overloads.

Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection<T>.Add method or one of its overloads.

The to add to the IList<T>. Not supported. Use one of ChartSeriesCollection<T>.Add method or one of its overloads.

Represents a chart or axis title.

Gets or sets the title text direction.

The title text direction.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether title overlaps chart's plot area or resizes it.

if title overlaps chart's plot area without resizing it; otherwise, if title doesn't overlap chart's plot area but resizes it instead.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether title is visible.

if title is visible; otherwise, . Default value of this property is . If title is not visible, its properties won't be saved when saving a workbook into XLSX format. It is not possible to set this property on (it will always return )

Gets or sets the title text as direct value (for example, 'My chart title') or as a reference to a cell with value (for example, '=Sheet1!A1'). If set value is not nor , then is set to .

The title text.

Gets the title's rich text, which can be used to partially format the title content. Set the rich text by using .

Gets the title display text. If is , then is returned; otherwise, if is direct value, then value is returned; otherwise, if is a cell reference, then referenced cell value is returned; otherwise, default title is returned.

The title display text.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Gets or sets the title custom layout.

The configuration of how the title should be positioned inside the chart.

Deletes the title.

Returns the value.

The value.

Defines this chart title as rich text, enabling the usage of . It is possible to use the property to set multiple formats to different parts of the title.

Using this method will erase the current title.

Represents chart or axis title text direction.

Text is horizontal.

Text is vertical (each line is 90 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from top to bottom; each next line is to the left from the previous one).

Text is vertical (each line is 270 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from bottom to top; each next line is to the right from the previous one).

Text is vertical (one letter on top of another).

Represents a chart type.

Chart type whose series values are drawn using vertical rectangles.

Chart type whose series values are drawn using horizontal rectangles.

Chart type whose series values are drawn using lines.

Chart type whose series values are drawn using filled areas.

Chart type whose single series values are drawn as filled arcs in a pie-like form.

Chart type which combines different chart types in a single chart.

Chart type whose series x and y values are drawn using lines.

Chart type whose series values are drawn as filled arcs in a doughtnut-like form.

Chart type whose series are drawn as lines or filled areas in a radar-like shape.

Represents a chart whose series values are drawn using vertical rectangles.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets or sets the chart grouping.

The chart grouping.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

Gets or sets the width of the series gap. Default value is 2.19 if is ; otherwise, 1.5.

The width of the series gap in range from 0.0 to 5.0. Value is not between 0.0 and 5.0.

Gets or sets the series overlap. Default value is -0.27 if is ; otherwise, 1.

The series overlap in range from -1.0 to 1.0. Value is not between -1.0 and 1.0.

Represents a chart that combines different chart types in a single chart.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets the number of child charts contained in the .

The number of child charts contained in the .

Gets the child chart at the specified index.

The child chart at the specified index. The zero-based index of the child chart to get. The child chart at the specified index.

Determines whether the contains the specified child chart.

The child chart to locate. if child chart is found; otherwise, .

Determines the index of the specified child chart.

The child chart to locate. The index of child chart if found; otherwise, -1.

Adds a new child chart to .

Type of the child chart. A new chart added to .

Adds a new child chart to .

Type of the child chart. The child chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). A new chart added to .

Adds a new child chart to .

The type of the chart deriving from type. A new chart added to .

Adds a new child chart to .

The type of the chart deriving from type. The child chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). A new chart added to .

Removes the specified child chart from the .

The child chart to remove. if child chart was removed; otherwise, .

Removes the child chart at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the child chart to remove.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through child charts.

An that can be used to iterate through child charts.

Represents the possible positions for a data label.

Data label is not shown.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed to the left of the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed to the right of the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed above the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed below the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed centered on the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed inside the base of the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed inside the end of the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed outside the end of the data marker.

Specifies that data labels shall be displayed in the best position.

Represents a chart series data point.

Gets the index.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether colors should be inverted if the data point value is negative.

if colors should be inverted; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets the settings for the data label for data point.

The settings for the data labels for single data point.

Gets the value of the data point, if applicable. Store the value to a variable if used frequently.

The value of the data point, if applicable. Accessing this property is computationally intensive. It is advisable to cache the value in a local variable if it needs to be accessed multiple times.

Gets the numeric value of the data point, if applicable. Store the value to a variable if used frequently.

The numeric value of the data point, if applicable. Accessing this property is computationally intensive. It is advisable to cache the value in a local variable if it needs to be accessed multiple times.

Gets the textual representation of the data point.

The textual representation of the data point. Accessing this property is computationally intensive. It is advisable to cache the value in a local variable if it needs to be accessed multiple times.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether legend entry for this data point instance is visible.

if legend entry for this data point instance is visible; otherwise, . Default value of this property is . For charts other than and use .

Deletes the data point.

Represents a collection of chart series data points.

Gets the number of elements contained in the .

The number of elements contained in the . Retrieving the value of this property is expensive, so cache it instead of retrieving it multiple times.

Gets the data point at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the data point to get. The data point at the specified index. If you are iteratively indexing all data points, it is preferable to use the enumerator in a statement instead because each indexer call validates the by using the property whose retrieval is expensive.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through data points.

An that can be used to iterate through data points.

Represents an axis used for categories which are dates / times.

Gets or sets the minimum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The minimum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

Gets or sets the maximum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The maximum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

Gets or sets the time unit for major tick marks.

The time unit for major tick marks.

Gets or sets the time unit for minor tick marks.

The time unit for minor tick marks.

Gets or sets the smallest time unit that is represented on the date axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The smallest time unit that is represented on the date axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

Gets or sets the distance between major ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The distance between major ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is not positive number.

Gets or sets the distance between minor ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The distance between minor ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is not positive number.

Gets the axis type for which is .

The value.

Represents a chart whose single series values are drawn as filled arcs in a doughnut-like form.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets the hole size of the doughnut chart.

The hole size between 0 and 90.

Gets the first slice angle of the doughnut chart.

The first slice angle between 0 and 360.

Specifies the possible ways to display empty cell values (cells with equal to ).

Specifies that empty cell values shall be treated as zero.

Specifies that empty cell values shall be left as a gap.

Specifies that empty cell values shall be spanned with a line.

Represents a base class for all charts in a worksheet.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the chart area border has rounded corners. Default value is .

if the chart area border has rounded corners; otherwise, . Supported only in XLSX and XLSB.

Gets the chart's series.

The chart's series.

Gets the of this instance.

The of this instance.

Gets the chart's title.

The chart's title.

Gets the chart's legend.

The chart's legend.

Gets the chart's plot area.

The chart's plot area.

Gets the settings for the data labels for the entire chart.

The settings for the data labels for the entire chart.

Gets or sets the value which indicates how empty cells (cells with equal to ) shall be plotted on the chart.

The value which indicates how empty cells (cells with equal to ) shall be plotted on the chart.

Gets or sets the value which indicates whether only visible cells should be plotted on the chart.

to plot also cells in hidden rows or columns, otherwise.

Gets or sets the chart's category labels as a cell range reference (for example, 'Sheet1!A1:D1'). Values from cells in the referenced range will be used as category labels.

The chart's category labels as a cell range reference.

Gets the chart's category labels.

The chart's category labels. If category labels are not set neither as cell range reference nor as direct value, automatic labels will be used (sequence of integral numbers starting from 1 whose count will be equal to the count of values in the first chart series).

Gets or sets the value which indicates whether this chart should use the secondary axis of parent .

if this chart uses the secondary axis, otherwise. This property is only used for charts that are children of a . Setting to on all inner charts of a will result in all of them being set again to , since Excel does not allow for a chart to not use its primary axis.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Sets the chart's category labels.

The chart's category labels. is .

Sets the chart's category labels.

The chart's category labels.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. Either chart is in invalid state or parameter is not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. if set to category labels will be in first column (not row), series names will be in first row (not column) and series values will be in columns (not rows). Either chart is in invalid state or parameter is not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. if set to category labels will be in first column (not row), series names will be in first row (not column) and series values will be in columns (not rows). if set to , category labels won't be resolved from . Either chart is in invalid state or parameter is not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. if set to category labels will be in first column (not row), series names will be in first row (not column) and series values will be in columns (not rows). if set to , category labels won't be resolved from . if set to , series names won't be resolved from . Either chart is in invalid state or parameter is not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. Parameter is or not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. if set to category labels will be in first column (not row), series names will be in first row (not column) and series values will be in columns (not rows). if set to , category labels won't be resolved from . Parameter is or not valid.

Selects the data for the chart.

The cell range which contains data for the chart. if set to category labels will be in first column (not row), series names will be in first row (not column) and series values will be in columns (not rows). if set to , category labels won't be resolved from . if set to , series names won't be resolved from . Parameter is or not valid.

Changes the chart to a different type of chart.

Type of chart to change the chart to. A chart of different type. Changing to or from is not supported.

Changes the chart to a different type of chart.

Type of chart deriving from type to change the chart to. A chart of different type.

Brings the chart to the front of the drawings if the parent collection is .

Moves the chart one position forward in the drawings if the parent collection is .

The index of the chart in the will not be updated if the drawing in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Sends the chart to the back of the drawings if the parent collection is .

Moves the chart one position backward in the drawings if the parent collection is .

The index of the chart in the will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the picture forward or backward in the drawings with the given relative index if the parent collection is .

The relative index for the picture to update. Negative to move backward and positive to move forward.

Refreshes cached axis, series values, and labels used by this instance.

This forces the chart to recalculate and display the latest data from the spreadsheet. Use this after modifying cell values referenced by the chart to ensure it's up-to-date.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of charts in the worksheet or group.

ExcelWorksheet.Charts ExcelGroupShape.Charts

Adds a new chart to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The distance of the left edge of the chart from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the chart from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The distance of the left edge of the chart from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the chart from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The distance of the left edge of the chart from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the chart from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The distance of the left edge of the chart from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the chart from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's position. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's position. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position. The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's position (for example, "A1"). The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (for example, "A1"). The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's position (for example, "A1"). The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (for example, "A1"). The chart's width. The chart's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new chart added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's position (top-left corner). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (top-left corner). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's position (top-left corner). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (top-left corner). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Type of the chart. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Adds a new chart to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the chart deriving from type. The chart's series grouping (clustered, stacked or 100% stacked). The chart's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The chart's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new chart added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added chart will be .

Gets the chart at the specified index and casts it to the specified chart subtype deriving from .

The chart subtype deriving from to cast the chart to. The zero-based index of the chart to get. The chart at the specified index casted to type. This method serves as a utility method for casting. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than . A chart at the specified index cannot be cast to type .

Represents a chart whose series values are drawn using lines.

Gets the chart's series.

The chart's series.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the series lines will be smooth or straight.

true if series lines will be smooth; otherwise, false.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether markers will be shown on series points. Value is resolved from the series. If any series has a marker, then all newly added series will also have a marker. When setting a value, value is propagated to all series.

if markers will be shown on series points; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the chart grouping.

The chart grouping.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

Represents a single series.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the series line will be smooth or straight. Default is .

if series line will be smooth; otherwise, .

Represents a collection of objects.

Represents a marker for and .

Gets or sets the marker type.

The marker type.

Gets or sets the marker size.

The marker size.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Deletes the marker from series.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a single chart series with .

Gets the marker.

The marker.

Represents a marker symbol which will be used on each data point.

Specifies an automatic symbol shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies nothing shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a square shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a diamond shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a triangle shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies an X shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a star shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a dot shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a dash shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a circle shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a plus shall be drawn at each data point.

Specifies a picture shall be drawn at each data point.

Describes how a paints tiles onto a chart element output area.

The picture is either stretched or tiled depending on the value of the .

The picture tiles are stacked.

The picture tiles are stacked after being scaled so that their height is one .

Represents a chart whose single series values are drawn as filled arcs in a pie-like form.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets the first slice angle of the pie chart.

The first slice angle between 0 and 360.

Represents a chart whose series are drawn as lines or filled areas in a radar-like shape.

Gets the chart's series.

The chart's series.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

Gets or sets the radar chart style type.

The radar chart style type. Setting this property also affects property.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether markers will be shown on series points. Value is resolved from the series. If any series has a marker then all newly added series will also have a marker. When setting a value, value is propagated to all series.

if markers will be shown on series points; otherwise, . Setting this property also affects property.

Represents a single series.

Represents a collection of objects.

Represents the possible styles of a .

Specifies a radar chart with lines without markers.

Specifies a radar chart with lines and markers at each data point.

Specifies a radar chart with filled areas.

Represents a chart whose series values are drawn using horizontal rectangles.

Gets the chart's series.

The chart's series.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the series lines will be smooth or straight.

true if series lines will be smooth; otherwise, false.

Gets the chart type for which is .

The value.

Gets the chart axes.

The chart axes.

if markers will be shown on series points; otherwise, .

Gets the chart's category labels.

The chart's category labels. Method will always return an empty collection since scatter chart doesn't support category labels.

Scatter chart doesn't support category labels. Please use to set x or y values.

The scatter chart's category labels which is always .

Scatter chart doesn't support category labels. Please use to set x or y values.

The chart's category labels. Scatter chart doesn't support category labels.

Represents a single series.

Gets or sets the scatter chart series x values as a cell range reference (for example, 'Sheet1!A1:D1'). Values from cells in the referenced range will be used as x values of this series.

The scatter chart series x values as a cell range reference.

Gets the scatter chart series x values.

The scatter chart series x values.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the series line will be smooth or straight. Default is .

if series line will be smooth; otherwise, .

Sets the scatter chart series x values.

The scatter chart series x values. is .

Sets the scatter chart series x values.

The scatter chart series x values.

Represents a collection of objects.

Represents the possible positions for axis major and minor tick marks.

No tick marks.

Tick marks are inside the plot area.

Tick marks are outside the plot area.

Tick marks cross the axis.

Represents a unit of time used by .

Chart data is shown in days.

Chart data is shown in months.

Chart data is shown in years.

Represents an axis used for series values.

Gets or sets the minimum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The minimum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is greater than Maximum or lower than or equal to zero when logarithmic scale is used.

Gets or sets the maximum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The maximum value of the axis or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is smaller than Minimum or lower than or equal to zero when logarithmic scale is used.

Gets or sets the distance between major ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The distance between major ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is not positive number or is smaller than MinorUnit.

Gets or sets the distance between minor ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data.

The distance between minor ticks or if value should be automatically calculated based on chart's data. Value is not positive number or is greater than MajorUnit.

Gets or sets the logarithmic base of the axis or if logarithmic scale is not used.

The logarithmic base of the axis or if logarithmic scale is not used. Value is out of supported bounds (2 to 1000).

Gets the axis type for which is .

The value.

Specifies the clear options.

Clears the cell content.

Clears the cell formatting.

Clears the cell comment.

Clears the cell hyperlink.

Clears everything (content, formatting, comment and hyperlink).

Represents a color name of colors available in MS Excel user interface.

No color.

Automatic color. For , and properties, automatic color is equal to System.Drawing.SystemColors.WindowText. For , , and properties, automatic color is equal to System.Drawing.SystemColors.Window.

'Background 1' theme color.

'Background 1, Darker 5%' theme color.

'Background 1, Darker 15%' theme color.

'Background 1, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Background 1, Darker 35%' theme color.

'Background 1, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Text 1' theme color.

'Text 1, Lighter 50%' theme color.

'Text 1, Lighter 35%' theme color.

'Text 1, Lighter 25%' theme color.

'Text 1, Lighter 15%' theme color.

'Text 1, Lighter 5%' theme color.

'Background 2' theme color.

'Background 2, Darker 10%' theme color.

'Background 2, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Background 2, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Background 2, Darker 75%' theme color.

'Background 2, Darker 90%' theme color.

'Text 2' theme color.

'Text 2, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Text 2, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Text 2, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Text 2, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Text 2, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 1' theme color.

'Accent 1, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 1, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 1, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 1, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 1, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 2' theme color.

'Accent 2, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 2, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 2, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 2, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 2, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 3' theme color.

'Accent 3, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 3, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 3, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 3, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 3, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 4' theme color.

'Accent 4, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 4, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 4, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 4, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 4, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 5' theme color.

'Accent 5, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 5, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 5, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 5, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 5, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Accent 6' theme color.

'Accent 6, Lighter 80%' theme color.

'Accent 6, Lighter 60%' theme color.

'Accent 6, Lighter 40%' theme color.

'Accent 6, Darker 25%' theme color.

'Accent 6, Darker 50%' theme color.

'Black' standard color (R = 0, G = 0, B = 0, ARGB = 0xFF000000).

'White' standard color (R = 255, G = 255, B = 255, ARGB = 0xFFFFFFFF).

'Dark Red' standard color (R = 192, G = 0, B = 0, ARGB = 0xFFC00000).

'Red' standard color (R = 255, G = 0, B = 0, ARGB = 0xFFFF0000).

'Orange' standard color (R = 255, G = 192, B = 0, ARGB = 0xFFFFC000).

'Yellow' standard color (R = 255, G = 255, B = 0, ARGB = 0xFFFFFF00).

'Light Green' standard color (R = 146, G = 208, B = 80, ARGB = 0xFF92D050).

'Green' standard color (R = 0, G = 176, B = 80, ARGB = 0xFF00B050).

'Light Blue' standard color (R = 0, G = 176, B = 240, ARGB = 0xFF00B0F0).

'Blue' standard color (R = 0, G = 112, B = 192, ARGB = 0xFF0070C0).

'Dark Blue' standard color (R = 0, G = 32, B = 96, ARGB = 0xFF002060).

'Purple' standard color (R = 112, G = 48, B = 160, ARGB = 0xFF7030A0).

Defines resolution method that determines DataTable column type.

DataTable column type is determined by the column type resolution and by exploring types of all in some column. Column type can be , , , DateTime, or .

All columns will be of type .

All columns will be of type . For conversion from some to string invariant culture will be used.

All columns will be of type . For conversion from some to string current culture will be used.

If all values in some column have the same type then that type will be used for DataTable column type, otherwise column will be of type .

If all values in some column have the same type then that type will be used for DataTable column type, otherwise column will be of type . For conversion from some to string invariant culture will be used.

If all values in some column have the same type then that type will be used for DataTable column type, otherwise column will be of type . For conversion from some to string current culture will be used.

Contains methods that can be useful for users which are calling GemBox.Spreadsheet component using COM interop.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Call this method from your application to set GemBox.Spreadsheet serial key.

You should call this method before using any other class from GemBox.Spreadsheet library. Key can only be set once (if you try second key, exception will be thrown). The best place to call this method is from static constructor of your application's main class. Valid serial key has multiple groups of alphanumeric characters, separated with dashes. Free version serial key is: FREE-LIMITED-KEY. Serial key.

Determines whether the file is an encrypted XLSX.

The path from which to read a file. if file is an encrypted XLSX; otherwise, .

Loads a spreadsheet from a file with the specified path.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. A loaded spreadsheet. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported:Microsoft Excel: .xlsx, xlsm, .xltx, .xltm, .xls, .xltOpenDocument Spreadsheet: .ods, .otsCharacter Separated Values: .csv, .tsvHyperText Markup Language: .htm, .html, .mht, .mhtml Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads a spreadsheet from a file with the specified path.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. The loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation. A loaded spreadsheet. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves the spreadsheet to a file with the specified path.

The ExcelFile instance which to save. The path to which to save the spreadsheet. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets the column from a sheet with the specified index.

The ExcelWorksheet instance from which to retrieve the column. The zero-based index of the column. The ExcelColumn instance of the specified index. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the row from a sheet with the specified index.

The ExcelWorksheet instance from which to retrieve the row. The zero-based index of the row. The ExcelRow instance of the specified index. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Removes the column with the specified index.

The ExcelWorksheet instance from which to remove the column. The zero-based index of the column.

Removes the row with the specified index.

The ExcelWorksheet instance from which to remove the row. The zero-based index of the row.

Sets frozen worksheet panes for freezing rows and columns.

The ExcelWorksheet instance in which to freeze row and column. Top left visible cell in the bottom right pane.

Adds a new horizontal or vertical page break above or left to the specified index.

The ExcelWorksheet instance in which to add a page break. The zero-based index of the row or column. for horizontal page break, for vertical page break.

Loads all parts of XLSX file as separate files from input directory.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. A loaded XLSX spreadsheet. You need to use external ZIP library to extract all parts from XLSX file. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves all parts of XLSX file as separate files to output directory.

The ExcelFile instance which to save. Path of output directory. You need to use external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file. When using external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file, only the contents of the directory should be zipped and not the directory itself. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves the entire spreadsheet to PDF file with the specified path.

The ExcelFile instance which to save. The PDF file's path to which to save the spreadsheet. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Represents a condition that formats only cells with values that are above or below average.

AboveOrBelowAverageCondition is not supported in XLS file format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to format cells with values below average. Default value is (formats cells with values above average).

to format cells with values below average; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to format cells with values equal to average. Default value is (formats cells with values exclusively above or below average).

to format cells with values equal to average; otherwise, .

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the number of standard deviations above or below average. Only cells with values above or below average ± * std are formatted. Default value is 0.

The number of standard deviations above or below average. Value is less than zero. Standard deviation (std)

Gets the actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

The actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a condition that formats fill of all cells based on their values using a specified 2-point or 3-point color scale.

is not supported when writing to XLS file format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the minimum color point.

The minimum color point.

Gets the midpoint color point or if conditional formatting rule is '2-Color Scale'.

The midpoint color point or if conditional formatting rule is '2-Color Scale'.

Gets the maximum color point.

The maximum color points.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a conditional color used in of a conditional formatting rule to specify color scale point.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the color.

The color.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a conditional formatting rule.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether a rule with lower priority may be applied over this rule, when this rule evaluates to true.

if no rules with lower priority may be applied over this rule, when this rule evaluates to true; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the sequence of references to cell ranges over which this conditional formatting rule is applied.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which this conditional formatting rule is applied. Parameter is or .

Gets the condition specified in this conditional formatting rule.

The condition specified in this conditional formatting rule.

Sets a '2-Color Scale' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Newly set condition has the same default settings as in MS Excel. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a '3-Color Scale' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

Sets a 'Data Bar' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

Sets an 'Icon Set' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

An set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Newly set condition has the same default settings as in MS Excel. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Cells with Cell Value' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The operator (all except and ). The value (constant or formula). A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Use other method overload for these operators. Parameter is . Parameter type is not supported. Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Cells with Cell Value' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The operator ( or ). The value (constant or formula). The second value (constant or formula). A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is not nor . Use other method overload for other operators. Parameter or is . Parameter or type is not supported. Values can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Cells with Specific Text' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The textual operator. The value (constant string or formula). A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is . Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be . If value is formula, it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Cells with Dates Occurring' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The date operator. A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Cells with Blanks' or 'Cells with No Blanks' or 'Cells with Errors' or 'Cells with No Errors' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The contain condition type ( or or or ). A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is not or or or . Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Top or Bottom Ranked' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

if set to format cells with bottom ranked values; otherwise, format cells with top ranked values. The number of top or bottom ranked cells which are formatted. A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Parameter is less than or equal to zero. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets an 'Above or Below Average' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

if set to format cells with values below average; otherwise, format cells with values above average. A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Unique or Duplicate' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

if set to format cells with duplicate values; otherwise, format cells with unique values. A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Sets a 'Formula' formatting condition to this conditional formatting rule.

The formula used to determine which cells to format (only cells for which the formula result evaluates to are formatted). A set to this conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Excel Conditional Formatting example

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Calculates conditional formatting for this rule.

This method caches intermediate results for this rule, therefore it can improve performance if the method is called repeatedly on the same rule. This is useful especially for , , and .

Determines whether the given cell matches this rule.

The cell to evaluate with this rule. If the given cell is outside of the range of this rule, the method always returns false. True if the given cell matches this rule, false otherwise.

If is of , , or type, this method returns true for cells with numeric values, false otherwise.

Represents a collection of a conditional formatting rules. Rules are applied in the order they appear in the collection (first rule has highest priority and last rule has lowest priority). Newly added rules are inserted at the beginning of the collection so they are first applied.

Gets the number of s contained in the .

The number of s contained in the .

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get. The at the specified index. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Adds a '2-Color Scale' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Newly added rule has the same default settings as in MS Excel. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a '3-Color Scale' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

Adds a 'Data Bar' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

Adds an 'Icon Set' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. An set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Newly added rule has the same default settings as in MS Excel. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Cells with Cell Value' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The operator (all except and ). The value (constant or formula). A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Parameter is or . Use other method overload for these operators. Parameter is . Parameter type is not supported. Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Cells with Cell Value' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The operator ( or ). The value (constant or formula). The second value (constant or formula). A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Parameter is not nor . Use other method overload for other operators. Parameter or is . Parameter or type is not supported. Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Values can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Cells with Specific Text' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The textual operator. The value (constant string or formula). A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Parameter is . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be . If value is formula, it must start with '='. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Cells with Dates Occurring' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The date operator. A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Cells with Blanks' or 'Cells with No Blanks' or 'Cells with Errors' or 'Cells with No Errors' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The contain condition type ( or or or ). A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Parameter is not or or or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Top or Bottom Ranked' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. if set to format cells with bottom ranked values; otherwise, format cells with top ranked values. The number of top or bottom ranked cells which are formatted. A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Parameter is or . Parameter is less than or equal to zero. Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds an 'Above or Below Average' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. if set to format cells with values below average; otherwise, format cells with values above average. A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to further customize the formatting condition. Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Unique or Duplicate' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. if set to format cells with duplicate values; otherwise, format cells with unique values. A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Adds a 'Formula' conditional formatting rule applied to a specified sequence of references to cell ranges.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added conditional formatting rule is applied. The formula used to determine which cells to format (only cells for which the formula result evaluates to are formatted). A set to a newly created conditional formatting rule which can be used to customize the formatting. Parameter is or . Parameter is or . Newly added rule is inserted at the beginning of the collection so it has the highest priority and is first applied. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Removes the specified from the .

The to remove from the . if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the .

Removes a associated with the specified from the .

The which associated to remove from the . if associated with the specified is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if associated with the specified was not found in the .

Removes the at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Moves the at the specified index to a new location in the .

The zero-based index specifying the location of the to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the . is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than . is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the .

Calculates conditional formatting for all rules in this collection.

This method caches intermediate results for all rules in this collection, therefore it can improve performance if the method is called repeatedly on the same rule. This is useful especially for , , and .

Removes all elements from the .

Represents a conditional icon used in of a conditional formatting rule to specify icon and a lower bound of the values onto which the icon is applied.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the icon.

The icon.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this or next icon will be shown if cell's value is equal to this . Default value is (this icon will be shown if cell's value is equal to this ).

if this icon will be shown if cell's value is equal to this ; otherwise, .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of conditional icons used in of a conditional formatting rule.

Represents a conditional length used in of a conditional formatting rule to specify data bar length.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the data bar length as a percentage of the cell width.

The data bar length as a percentage of the cell width. Value is less than 0 or greater than 100.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a base class for conditional objects used in conditional formatting.

Gets or sets the value.

The value. Specified value is not valid for the current conditional object.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a base class for a collections of s used in conditional formatting.

Gets the number of conditional objects contained in the .

The number of conditional objects contained in the .

Gets the conditional object at the specified index.

The conditional object at the specified index. The zero-based index of the conditional object to get. The conditional object at the specified index. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the .

Represents a base class for a collections of -derived instances used in conditional formatting.

A -derived type.

Gets the number of conditional objects contained in the .

Gets the conditional object at the specified index.

The conditional object at the specified index. The zero-based index of the conditional object to get. The conditional object at the specified index. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the .

Represents a conditional value used in conditional formatting rules which format all cells based on their values (, and ).

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the instance whose is equal to .

Gets the conditional value type.

The conditional value type.

Gets the value.

The value. Value is equal to if is equal to , , or . or if is equal to , or . The value is if it represents constant value and if it represents formula. if is equal to .

Creates a new instance of the from the specified number.

The number value. A new instance of the whose is equal to and is equal to parameter.

Creates a new instance of the from the specified percent.

The percent value. A new instance of the whose is equal to and is equal to parameter. Percent value is less than 0 or greater than 100.

Creates a new instance of the from the specified percentile.

The percentile value. A new instance of the whose is equal to and is equal to parameter. Percentile value is less than 0 or greater than 100.

Creates a new instance of the from the specified formula.

The formula value. A new instance of the whose is equal to and is equal to parameter. Formula value is or .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other to compare with this instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents a type.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

No conditional value.

Lowest value from the applied ranges.

Highest value from the applied ranges.

The shortest data bar is proportional to the minimum value and the longest data bar is proportional to the maximum value from the applied ranges.

A constant number.

A percentage between the lowest and highest values from the applied ranges.

A formula.

A percentile ranking of the values from the applied ranges.

Represents a condition that formats only cells that contain value which satisfies the specified criteria.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the type.

The type.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

The actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a type.

Formats only cells with value that satisfies the specified criteria.

Formats only cells with text that satisfies the specified criteria.

Formats only cells with date that satisfies the specified criteria.

Formats only cells with blank values.

Formats only cells without blank values.

Formats only cells with errors.

Formats only cells without errors.

Represents a condition that formats only cells with date that satisfies the specified criteria.

ContainDateCondition is not supported in XLS format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the operator of this .

The operator of this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a operator.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into yesterday's date.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into today's date.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into tomorrow's date.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into dates of the last 7 days.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into last week's dates.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into this week's dates.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into next week's dates.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into last month's dates.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into this month's dates.

Cell is formatted if its value falls into next month's dates.

Represents a condition that formats only cells with text that satisfies the specified criteria.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the operator of this .

The operator of this .

Gets or sets the value of this . Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be . If value is formula, it must start with '='.

The value of this . Value is .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a operator.

Cell is formatted if its value contains .

Cell is formatted if its value does not contain .

Cell is formatted if its value begins with .

Cell is formatted if its value ends with .

Represents a condition that formats only cells with value that satisfies the specified criteria.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets the operator of this .

The operator of this .

Gets or sets the value of this . Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='.

The value of this . Value is . Value's type is not supported.

Gets or sets the second value of this used with and operators. Value can be either constant or formula. If value is constant, then it cannot be and value's type must be supported in (types supported in ). If value is formula, then value type must be and it must start with '='.

The second value of this used with and operators. Value is and is or . Value's type is not supported.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a operator.

Cell is formatted if its value is between and .

Cell is formatted if its value is not between and .

Cell is formatted if its value is equal to .

Cell is formatted if its value is not equal to .

Cell is formatted if its value is greater than .

Cell is formatted if its value is less than .

Cell is formatted if its value is greater than or equal to .

Cell is formatted if its value is less than or equal to .

Represents a data bar axis position.

The axis position for the data bar is calculated automatically (variable position based on negative values).

The axis position for the data bar is the midpoint of the cell.

There is no axis for the data bar.

Represents a condition that formats all cells based on their values by displaying a data bar whose length is proportional to cell's value.

is not supported when writing to XLS file format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show bar only. Default value is (cell value is shown together with bar).

to show bar only; otherwise, .

Gets the bar appearance settings.

The bar appearance settings.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the data bar minimum.

The data bar minimum.

Gets the data bar maximum.

The data bar maximum.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a data bar direction.

The direction of the data bar is determined by context.

The data bar is displayed in a left-to-right manner.

The data bar is displayed in a right-to-left manner.

Represents an appearance settings of a data bar.

Gets or sets the data bar direction.

The data bar direction.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data bar is gradient or solid. Default value is (data bar is solid).

if the data bar is gradient; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the data bar axis position.

The data bar axis position.

Gets or sets the data bar fill color.

The data bar fill color.

Gets or sets the data bar border color. If border color , then data bar won't have any border.

The data bar border color.

Gets or sets the data bar fill color for negative values. If negative data bar fill color , then data bar fill color for negative values is same as for positive values.

The data bar fill color for negative values.

Gets or sets the data bar border color for negative values. If negative data bar border color , then data bar border color for negative values is same as for positive values.

The data bar border color for negative values.

Gets or sets the data bar axis color.

The data bar axis color.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a base class for all conditions that can be specified in a conditional formatting rule.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the condition type.

The condition type.

Gets the conditional formatting rule associated with this condition.

The conditional formatting rule associated with this condition. Format condition is invalid because it is no longer associated with any conditional formatting rule.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a type.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Formats fill of all cells based on their values using a specified 2-point or 3-point color scale.

Formats all cells based on their values by displaying a data bar whose length is proportional to cell's value.

Formats all cells based on their values by displaying an icon from the specified icon set according to cell's value.

Formats only cells that contain value which satisfies the specified criteria.

Formats only cells with top or bottom ranked values.

Formats only cells with values that are above or below average.

Formats only cells with unique or duplicate values.

Formats only cells for which the specified formula result evaluates to .

Represents a condition that formats only cells for which the specified formula result evaluates to .

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the formula used to determine which cells to format (only cells for which the formula result evaluates to are formatted).

The formula used to determine which cells to format. Value is or .

Gets the actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

The actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a condition that formats all cells based on their values by displaying an icon from the specified icon set according to cell's value.

is not supported when writing to XLS file format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show icon only. Default value is (cell value is shown together with icon).

to show icon only; otherwise, .

Gets the icons.

The icons.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the order of icons should be reversed. Default value is .

if the order of icons should be reversed; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the icon style for all icons contained in the collection. If icons are of different or are not ordered, then is returned.

The icon style for all icons contained in the collection. Icon style is set to or .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a condition that formats only cells with top or bottom ranked values.

is not supported when writing to XLS file format. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to format cells with bottom ranked values. Default value is (formats cells with top ranked values).

to format cells with bottom ranked values; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the value is expressed as a percentage of a number of cells in the applied range. Default value is (the value is expressed as a number of cells).

if the value is expressed as a percentage of a number of cells in the applied range; otherwise, .

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the number or percentage of top or bottom ranked cells which are formatted.

The number or percentage of top or bottom ranked cells which are formatted. Value is less than or equal to zero.

Gets the actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

The actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a condition that formats only cells with unique or duplicate values.

Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to format cells with duplicate values. Default value is (formats cells with unique values).

to format cells with duplicate values; otherwise, .

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

The actual formatting which will be applied to a cell if its value satisfies this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a subtotal function.

No subtotal function specified.

The 'AVERAGE' function.

The 'COUNT' function.

The 'COUNTA' function.

The 'MAX' function.

The 'Min' function.

The 'Product' function.

The 'STDEV.S' function.

The 'STDEV.P' function.

The 'SUM' function.

The 'VAR.S' function.

The 'VAR.P' function.

Represents a custom content type property.

If this property is nillable.

Property type (e.g., DateTime, Note, Boolean).

Initial value for this property.

Name of this property.

Represents the options used when copying a cell range.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to transpose rows and columns. The default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to skip blank cells. The default value is .

Gets or sets types of cell data to copy. The default value is .

Represents types of data to copy from a cell range.

Copy cell values.

Copy cell formulas.

Copy comments.

Copy hyperlinks.

Copy drawings (pictures, shapes, and charts).

Copy data validations.

Copy conditional formatting.

Copy cell styles.

Copy merged ranges.

Copy all data except column widths and row heights.

Copy column widths.

Copy row heights.

Represents options creating and filling it with values from .

Use default constructor to extract used cell range. Create DataTable from Excel sheet in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the index of the first row of data being extracted from .

Gets or sets the index of the first column of data being extracted from .

is ignored if has any values.

Gets or sets the number of rows being extracted from .

Gets or sets the number of columns being extracted from .

is ignored if has any values.

Gets a list of indexes of columns which will be extracted.

and are ignored if has any values.

Gets or sets the resolution type that specifies how column types will be resolved in created , see .

Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use first row of extracted data for column headers.

Gets or sets the comparison operation that's used for resolving names of column headers.

Default value is .

Gets or sets .

Default value is .

Initializes an instance of class.

Use this constructor to extract used cell range.

Initializes an instance of class.

Index of the first row of data being extracted from . Index of the first column of data being extracted from . Number of rows being extracted from . Number of columns being extracted from .

Initializes an instance of class.

Name of the first (top left) cell of data being extracted from . Number of rows being extracted from . Number of columns being extracted from .

Represents options for loading from Character Separated Values file format.

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether values in CSV file can be quoted. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating the text is formula if it starts with '='. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether a new line character can be inside quotes. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether numbers will be parsed and stored as values when loading CSV file. If , numbers will be loaded as strings. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating number styles permitted in strings when parsing them to numeric types.

Gets or sets the streaming mode that allows streamlined reading of s of each of a loaded . Default value: .

The streaming mode.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether dates will be parsed and stored as values when loading a CSV file. If , numbers will be loaded as strings. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating DateTime styles permitted in strings when parsing them to DateTimes. Default value is .

Gets or sets an list of formats to be used when parsing cell values to (provided that is ).

If this list is empty and is set to , texts will be converted to values when they are in one of the default formats supported by . By default, this list is pre-filled with the following formats: "d-M-yyyy" "d-M-yyyy HH:mm" "d-M-yyyy HH:mm:ss" "dd-MM-yyyy" "dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm" "dd-MM-yyyy HH:mm:ss" "M-d-yyyy" "M-d-yyyy HH:mm" "M-d-yyyy HH:mm:ss" "MM-dd-yyyy" "MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm" "MM-dd-yyyy HH:mm:ss" "yyyy-M-d" "yyyy-M-d HH:mm" "yyyy-M-d HH:mm:ss" "yyyy-MM-dd" "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm" "yyyy-MM-dd HH:mm:ss" "d/M/yyyy" "d/M/yyyy HH:mm" "d/M/yyyy HH:mm:ss" "dd/MM/yyyy" "dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm" "dd/MM/yyyy HH:mm:ss" "M/d/yyyy" "M/d/yyyy HH:mm" "M/d/yyyy HH:mm:ss" "MM/dd/yyyy" "MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm" "MM/dd/yyyy HH:mm:ss" "yyyy/M/d" "yyyy/M/d HH:mm" "yyyy/M/d HH:mm:ss" "yyyy/MM/dd" "yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm" "yyyy/MM/dd HH:mm:ss"

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Value delimiter, .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Character that will serve as value delimiter.

Gets or sets character that serves as value delimiter.

Value is set to quote '"' or new line '\n'.

Gets or sets value delimiter type, see .

Value is set to .

Gets or sets the format provider for the CSV file.

Value is set to .

Gets or sets the encoding for the CSV file.

Value is set to .

Possible conditions for when values in a CSV file should be quoted.

Only cells with the selected delimiter, quotation marks, or newline characters in its value will be quoted.

All cells will be quoted regardless of value.

Only cells with text values will be quoted.

Represents options for saving to Character Separated Values file format.

Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating in which conditions values in a CSV file should be quoted. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether values in CSV file will be formatted using number format. Default value is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Value delimiter, .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Character that will serve as value delimiter.

Gets limitations for saving to CSV file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Gets the content-type for CSV file format: "text/tab-separated-values; charset=" + . if is , otherwise"text/csv; charset=" + ..

The content-type for CSV file format.

Gets or sets character that serves as value delimiter.

Value is set to quote '"' or new line '\n'.

Gets or sets value delimiter type, see .

Value is set to null.

Gets or sets the format provider for the CSV file.

Value is set to null.

Gets or sets the encoding for the CSV file.

Value is set to null.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether values in a CSV file will always be quoted. Default value is .

Formatting type for CSV files.

Comma delimited CSV (most frequently used).

Semicolon delimited CSV (used by Excel if current culture specifies comma as decimal separator).

Tab delimited CSV.

Represents a filter that specifies one or two conditions (operators and values) and whether the two conditions are joined by 'and' or 'or'.

Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets or sets the operator used by the (first) filter condition.

The operator used by the (first) filter condition.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether the two conditions have an "and" relationship. indicates "and", indicates "or" and indicates that second condition won't be applied.

The value indicating whether the two conditions have an "and" relationship.

Gets or sets the operator used by the second filter condition.

The operator used by the second filter condition.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the value used by the (first) filter condition. The value's type must be supported in ( and types supported in ).

The value used by the (first) filter condition. Value's type is not supported.

Gets or sets the value used by the second filter condition. The value's type must be supported in ( and types supported in ).

The value used by the second filter condition. Value's type is not supported.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Arguments for event.

Gets the source

Gets the source row index in .

Gets the source column index in .

Gets the source value from .

Gets the destination .

Gets or sets the value which will be inserted into destination .

This property is obsolete. Use and properties instead. Gets the destination .

The destination .

This property is obsolete. Use , and properties instead. Gets the destination row index in .

The destination row index in .

This property is obsolete. Use , and properties instead. Gets the destination column index in .

The destination column index in .

A single item of data validation defined on ranges of the worksheet.

Gets or sets the type of data validation.

The type of data validation.

Gets or sets the relational operator used with this data validation.

The relational operator used with this data validation.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data validation treats empty or blank entries as valid. means empty entries are OK and do not violate the validation constraints.

if empty entries are OK and do not violate the validation constraints; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the dropdown combo box for a data validation type.

to display the dropdown combo box for a data validation type; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the first formula in the DataValidation dropdown.

The first formula in the DataValidation dropdown. It used as a bounds for and relational operators, and the only formula used for other relational operators (, , , , , ), or for or data validation type. The content can be an instance of any type, but the following rules apply when formula is being written: If data validation type is or , and content is integral data type (, , , , , , , ), formula will be saved as integral constant, else if formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , and content is floating-point data type (, , ), formula will be saved as floating-point constant, else if formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , and content is data type, formula will be saved as date constant, else if formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , and content is data type, formula will be saved as time constant, else if formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , and content is any type that implements , formula will be saved as list series (comma separated values), else if formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , and formula is an Excel formula or an Excel reference ( that starts with '='), value will be saved as a formula, otherwise, it will be saved as string constant. If data validation type is , formula won't be saved.

Gets or sets the second formula in the DataValidation dropdown.

The second formula in the DataValidation dropdown. It used as a bounds for and relational operators only. For the information about the content, see remarks.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the input prompt message.

to display the input prompt message; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the title bar text of input prompt.

The title bar text of input prompt.

Gets or sets the message text of input prompt.

The message text of input prompt.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display the error alert message when an invalid value has been entered, according to the criteria specified.

to display the error alert message when an invalid value has been entered; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the style of error alert used for this data validation.

The style of error alert used for this data validation.

Gets or sets the title bar text of error alert.

The title bar text of error alert.

Gets or sets the message text of error alert.

The message text of error alert.

Gets the ranges over which data validation is applied.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class with specified worksheet and cell references on which this data validation will be applied.

The worksheet that will be used to initialize s that will be added to the collection of this data validation. The cell references from which to create s.

Initializes a new instance of the class with specified worksheet and cell references on which this data validation will be applied.

The worksheet that will be used to initialize s that will be added to the collection of this data validation. The cell references from which to create s.

Initializes a new instance of the class with specified cell ranges on which this data validation will be applied.

The cell ranges on which this data validation will be applied.

Initializes a new instance of the class with specified cell ranges on which this data validation will be applied.

The cell ranges on which this data validation will be applied.

Applies this data validation to a specific cell, returning true if its value is to be considered valid.

The cell to be validated. if the cell value is valid, if it is not.

Calculates the list of values for this data validation based on the given cell.

The cell where the list of values should be populated. The list of values for this data validation if the type is , otherwise null. The cell is just used as a reference to calculate the list of values, it will not be affected by this method.

A collection of items. Supported in XLSX only.

The style of data validation error alert.

This data validation error style uses a stop icon in the error alert.

This data validation error style uses a warning icon in the error alert.

This data validation error style uses an information icon in the error alert.

The relational operator used in data validation.

Data validation which checks if a value is between two other values.

Data validation which checks if a value is not between two other values.

Data validation which checks if a value is equal to a specified value.

Data validation which checks if a value is not equal to a specified value.

Data validation which checks if a value is less than a specified value.

Data validation which checks if a value is less than or equal to a specified value.

Data validation which checks if a value is greater than a specified value.

Data validation which checks if a value is greater than or equal to a specified value.

Specifies the type of data validation used to validate user input.

No data validation.

Data validation which checks for whole number values satisfying the given condition.

Data validation which checks for decimal values satisfying the given condition.

Data validation which checks for a value matching one of list of values.

Data validation which checks for date values satisfying the given condition.

Data validation which checks for time values satisfying the given condition.

Data validation which checks for text values, whose length satisfies the given condition.

Data validation which uses a custom formula to check the cell value.

Represents a group of s. Each instance that has the same date/time components (year, month, day, hour, minute, second) as this up to belongs to this group. Instance of can be inserted into collection to enable filtering values.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year. The month.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year. The month. The day.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year. The month. The day. The hour.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year. The month. The day. The hour. The minute.

Initializes a new instance of the type with level.

The year. The month. The day. The hour. The minute. The second.

Gets the grouping level of this .

The grouping level of this .

Gets the date/time of this . Valid date/time components are only those upon to .

The date/time of this .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other to compare with this instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents a level of a .

The second level.

The minute level.

The hour level.

The day level.

The month level.

The year level.

Defined name class describes defined name that is not directly related with one cell range.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the defined name object is hidden.

Gets or sets the name of the defined name object.

Gets or sets the local sheet index of the defined name. If the local sheet index is -1, defined name is global.

Gets or sets the value of the defined name.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Collection of defined names that are not directly related with one cell range.

Returns the number of defined names in collection.

Gets or sets defined name described by index from collection.

Index of the defined name.

Gets defined name described by name from collection.

Name of the defined name.

Adds a copy of another defined name to collection and return index of the new defined name.

The source defined name. Index of the defined name.

Adds defined name to collection and returns index of that defined name.

Name of the defined name. Range string. Local sheet index. If the value is -1, defined name is global. Index of the defined name.

Removes the defined name described by name from collection.

Name of the defined name.

Removes the defined name described by index from collection.

Index of the defined name.

Removes all elements from defined names collection.

Returns an for the collection.

An for the collection.

Returns an for the collection.

An for the collection.

Represents a class that stores details for signing a workbook with a digital signature.

Gets or sets the X.509 certificate. Value must be of type System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.X509Certificate2.

The X.509 certificate. System.Security.Cryptography.X509Certificates.X509Certificate2

Gets or sets the byte array that contains data from an X.509 certificate.

The byte array that contains data from an X.509 certificate.

Gets or sets the file path to the X.509 certificate.

The file path to the X.509 certificate.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether private keys are stored in the local computer store rather than the current user store.

if private keys are stored in the local computer store rather than the current user store; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the password required to access the X.509 certificate data.

The password required to access the X.509 certificate data.

Gets or sets the reason for the signing.

The reason for the signing, such as ( I agree … ).

Gets or sets the signature.

The signature. If value is , then digital signature won't have any visual representation. Signature is not drawn in the same layer as the rest of the page, but in a layer above the page. Signature's position is specified through .

Contains a collection of built-in and custom document properties.

Gets a collection of built-in document properties.

Gets a collection of custom document properties.

Gets a read-only collection of custom content type properties.

Returns a that represents the current .

A that represents the current .

Represents a Button Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the horizontal alignment of the text in this button.

The horizontal alignment of the text in this button.

Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text in this button.

The vertical alignment of the text in this button.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Represents a text caps (capitalization) type.

No caps are applied to the text.

Apply small caps to the text. All letters are converted to lower case.

Apply all caps on the text. All lower case letters are converted to upper case.

Represents a Check Box Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether this checkbox is checked. - if the checkbox is checked, - if the checkbox is not checked, - if the value of the checkbox is mixed.

The value indicating whether this checkbox is checked.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this checkbox.

The cell which holds the value of this checkbox.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Represents a Combo Box Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets a CellRange which is used as the input range for this combo box.

The CellRange which is used as the input range for this combo box.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this combo box.

The cell which holds the value of this combo box.

Gets or sets the value that specifies the maximum number of lines in the dropdown before scrollbars are added.

The value that specifies the maximum number of lines in the dropdown before scrollbars are added.

Gets the selected value in the combo box.

Selected value in the combo box. The property returns null if no item is selected.

Gets or sets the index of the selected item in the combo box.

The index of the selected item in the combo box. Similarly to MS Excel, the index is 1-based. The property returns -1 if no item is selected.

Represents an arbitrary content that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

Gets the media type of the content. This value can be if the content is not embedded in but is linked to the workbook file.

The media type of the content. Media type

Gets the location of the content that is not embedded in the workbook file.

The location of the content that does not reside within the workbook file.

Gets a value indicating whether this content is linked to the workbook file.

if this content is linked to the workbook file; otherwise, .

Opens the content as a . Make sure to call on the returned instance after it is no longer used and before it gets out of scope.

An instance of a type that represents content data. If content is linked to the workbook file ( property is not ), this method will attempt to open an external content. This operation might fail if the value is not in the correct format or if executing code doesn't have permissions to access content at the location specified in the value.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a color.

Creates a new color instance from the specified color name.

The color name. A color instance with the specified name.

Creates a new color instance from the specified color name and luminance.

The color name. The luminance (-1 = darkest, 0 = none, 1 = lightest). A color instance with the specified name and luminance.

Creates a new color instance from the specified color name, luminance and transparency.

The color name. The luminance (-1 = darkest, 0 = none, 1 = lightest). The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent). A color instance with the specified name, luminance and transparency.

Creates a new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.

The Red component (from 0 to 255). The Green component (from 0 to 255). The Blue component (from 0 to 255). A new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components.

Creates a new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components and transparency.

The Red component (from 0 to 255). The Green component (from 0 to 255). The Blue component (from 0 to 255). The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent). A new color instance from the specified Red, Green and Blue components and transparency.

Creates a new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components.

The Hue component (from 0 to 255). The Saturation component (from 0 to 255). The Lightness component (from 0 to 255). A new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components.

Creates a new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components and transparency.

The Hue component (from 0 to 255). The Saturation component (from 0 to 255). The Lightness component (from 0 to 255). The transparency (0 = fully opaque, 1 = fully transparent). A new color instance from the specified Hue, Saturation and Lightness components and transparency.

Gets the color name.

The color name.

Gets the color opacity (0 = fully transparent, 255 = fully opaque).

The color opacity.

Gets the Red component (from 0 to 255).

The Red component.

Gets the Green component (from 0 to 255).

The Green component.

Gets the Blue component (from 0 to 255).

The Blue component.

Gets the Opacity, Red, Green and Blue components in a single value.

The Opacity, Red, Green and Blue components in a single value.

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other color to compare with this color instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this color instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first color. The second color. if and colors are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first color. The second color. if and colors are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents a color name.

The 'Empty' color.

The 'Custom' color.

The 'Transparent' color. Values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Standard 'Alice Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0F8FF, RGB = (240, 248, 255), HSL = (147, 255, 248).

Standard 'Antique White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAEBD7, RGB = (250, 235, 215), HSL = (24, 198, 233).

Standard 'Aqua' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FFFF, RGB = (0, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 128).

Standard 'Aquamarine' color. Values: RGB = 0x7FFFD4, RGB = (127, 255, 212), HSL = (113, 255, 191).

Standard 'Azure' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0FFFF, RGB = (240, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 248).

Standard 'Beige' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5F5DC, RGB = (245, 245, 220), HSL = (43, 142, 233).

Standard 'Bisque' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4C4, RGB = (255, 228, 196), HSL = (23, 255, 226).

Standard 'Black' color. Values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Standard 'Blanched Almond' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFEBCD, RGB = (255, 235, 205), HSL = (25, 255, 230).

Standard 'Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x0000FF, RGB = (0, 0, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 128).

Standard 'Blue Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0x8A2BE2, RGB = (138, 43, 226), HSL = (192, 194, 135).

Standard 'Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xA52A2A, RGB = (165, 42, 42), HSL = (0, 152, 104).

Standard 'Burly Wood' color. Values: RGB = 0xDEB887, RGB = (222, 184, 135), HSL = (24, 145, 179).

Standard 'Cadet Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x5F9EA0, RGB = (95, 158, 160), HSL = (129, 65, 128).

Standard 'Chartreuse' color. Values: RGB = 0x7FFF00, RGB = (127, 255, 0), HSL = (64, 255, 128).

Standard 'Chocolate' color. Values: RGB = 0xD2691E, RGB = (210, 105, 30), HSL = (18, 191, 120).

Standard 'Coral' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF7F50, RGB = (255, 127, 80), HSL = (11, 255, 168).

Standard 'Cornflower Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x6495ED, RGB = (100, 149, 237), HSL = (155, 202, 169).

Standard 'Cornsilk' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF8DC, RGB = (255, 248, 220), HSL = (34, 255, 238).

Standard 'Crimson' color. Values: RGB = 0xDC143C, RGB = (220, 20, 60), HSL = (247, 213, 120).

Standard 'Dark Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x00008B, RGB = (0, 0, 139), HSL = (170, 255, 70).

Standard 'Dark Cyan' color. Values: RGB = 0x008B8B, RGB = (0, 139, 139), HSL = (128, 255, 70).

Standard 'Dark Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xB8860B, RGB = (184, 134, 11), HSL = (30, 226, 98).

Standard 'Dark Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0xA9A9A9, RGB = (169, 169, 169), HSL = (0, 0, 169).

Standard 'Dark Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x006400, RGB = (0, 100, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 50).

Standard 'Dark Khaki' color. Values: RGB = 0xBDB76B, RGB = (189, 183, 107), HSL = (39, 98, 148).

Standard 'Dark Magenta' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B008B, RGB = (139, 0, 139), HSL = (213, 255, 70).

Standard 'Dark Olive Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x556B2F, RGB = (85, 107, 47), HSL = (58, 99, 77).

Standard 'Dark Orange' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF8C00, RGB = (255, 140, 0), HSL = (23, 255, 128).

Standard 'Dark Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0x9932CC, RGB = (153, 50, 204), HSL = (198, 155, 127).

Standard 'Dark Red' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B0000, RGB = (139, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 70).

Standard 'Dark Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xE9967A, RGB = (233, 150, 122), HSL = (11, 183, 178).

Standard 'Dark Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x8FBC8F, RGB = (143, 188, 143), HSL = (85, 64, 166).

Standard 'Dark Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x483D8B, RGB = (72, 61, 139), HSL = (176, 99, 100).

Standard 'Dark Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x2F4F4F, RGB = (47, 79, 79), HSL = (128, 65, 63).

Standard 'Dark Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x00CED1, RGB = (0, 206, 209), HSL = (128, 255, 105).

Standard 'Dark Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0x9400D3, RGB = (148, 0, 211), HSL = (200, 255, 106).

Standard 'Deep Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF1493, RGB = (255, 20, 147), HSL = (232, 255, 138).

Standard 'Deep Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x00BFFF, RGB = (0, 191, 255), HSL = (138, 255, 128).

Standard 'Dim Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x696969, RGB = (105, 105, 105), HSL = (0, 0, 105).

Standard 'Dodger Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x1E90FF, RGB = (30, 144, 255), HSL = (148, 255, 143).

Standard 'Firebrick' color. Values: RGB = 0xB22222, RGB = (178, 34, 34), HSL = (0, 173, 106).

Standard 'Floral White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFAF0, RGB = (255, 250, 240), HSL = (28, 255, 248).

Standard 'Forest Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x228B22, RGB = (34, 139, 34), HSL = (85, 155, 86).

Standard 'Gainsboro' color. Values: RGB = 0xDCDCDC, RGB = (220, 220, 220), HSL = (0, 0, 220).

Standard 'Ghost White' color. Values: RGB = 0xF8F8FF, RGB = (248, 248, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 252).

Standard 'Gold' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFD700, RGB = (255, 215, 0), HSL = (36, 255, 128).

Standard 'Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xDAA520, RGB = (218, 165, 32), HSL = (30, 190, 125).

Standard 'Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x808080, RGB = (128, 128, 128), HSL = (0, 0, 128).

Standard 'Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x008000, RGB = (0, 128, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 64).

Standard 'Green Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xADFF2F, RGB = (173, 255, 47), HSL = (59, 255, 151).

Standard 'Honeydew' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0FFF0, RGB = (240, 255, 240), HSL = (85, 255, 248).

Standard 'Hot Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF69B4, RGB = (255, 105, 180), HSL = (234, 255, 180).

Standard 'Indian Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xCD5C5C, RGB = (205, 92, 92), HSL = (0, 135, 149).

Standard 'Indigo' color. Values: RGB = 0x4B0082, RGB = (75, 0, 130), HSL = (195, 255, 65).

Standard 'Ivory' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFF0, RGB = (255, 255, 240), HSL = (43, 255, 248).

Standard 'Khaki' color. Values: RGB = 0xF0E68C, RGB = (240, 230, 140), HSL = (38, 196, 190).

Standard 'Lavender' color. Values: RGB = 0xE6E6FA, RGB = (230, 230, 250), HSL = (170, 170, 240).

Standard 'Lavender Blush' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF0F5, RGB = (255, 240, 245), HSL = (241, 255, 248).

Standard 'Lawn Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x7CFC00, RGB = (124, 252, 0), HSL = (64, 255, 126).

Standard 'Lemon Chiffon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFACD, RGB = (255, 250, 205), HSL = (38, 255, 230).

Standard 'Light Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xADD8E6, RGB = (173, 216, 230), HSL = (138, 136, 202).

Standard 'Light Coral' color. Values: RGB = 0xF08080, RGB = (240, 128, 128), HSL = (0, 201, 184).

Standard 'Light Cyan' color. Values: RGB = 0xE0FFFF, RGB = (224, 255, 255), HSL = (128, 255, 240).

Standard 'Light Goldenrod Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAFAD2, RGB = (250, 250, 210), HSL = (43, 204, 230).

Standard 'Light Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0xD3D3D3, RGB = (211, 211, 211), HSL = (0, 0, 211).

Standard 'Light Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x90EE90, RGB = (144, 238, 144), HSL = (85, 187, 191).

Standard 'Light Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFB6C1, RGB = (255, 182, 193), HSL = (249, 255, 219).

Standard 'Light Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFA07A, RGB = (255, 160, 122), HSL = (12, 255, 189).

Standard 'Light Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x20B2AA, RGB = (32, 178, 170), HSL = (125, 177, 105).

Standard 'Light Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x87CEFA, RGB = (135, 206, 250), HSL = (144, 235, 193).

Standard 'Light Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x778899, RGB = (119, 136, 153), HSL = (149, 36, 136).

Standard 'Light Steel Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xB0C4DE, RGB = (176, 196, 222), HSL = (152, 105, 199).

Standard 'Light Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFE0, RGB = (255, 255, 224), HSL = (43, 255, 240).

Standard 'Lime' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FF00, RGB = (0, 255, 0), HSL = (85, 255, 128).

Standard 'Lime Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x32CD32, RGB = (50, 205, 50), HSL = (85, 155, 128).

Standard 'Linen' color. Values: RGB = 0xFAF0E6, RGB = (250, 240, 230), HSL = (21, 170, 240).

Standard 'Magenta' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF00FF, RGB = (255, 0, 255), HSL = (213, 255, 128).

Standard 'Maroon' color. Values: RGB = 0x800000, RGB = (128, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 64).

Standard 'Medium Aquamarine' color. Values: RGB = 0x66CDAA, RGB = (102, 205, 170), HSL = (113, 129, 154).

Standard 'Medium Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x0000CD, RGB = (0, 0, 205), HSL = (170, 255, 103).

Standard 'Medium Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0xBA55D3, RGB = (186, 85, 211), HSL = (204, 150, 148).

Standard 'Medium Purple' color. Values: RGB = 0x9370DB, RGB = (147, 112, 219), HSL = (184, 152, 165).

Standard 'Medium Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x3CB371, RGB = (60, 179, 113), HSL = (104, 127, 120).

Standard 'Medium Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x7B68EE, RGB = (123, 104, 238), HSL = (176, 203, 171).

Standard 'Medium Spring Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FA9A, RGB = (0, 250, 154), HSL = (111, 255, 125).

Standard 'Medium Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x48D1CC, RGB = (72, 209, 204), HSL = (126, 153, 141).

Standard 'Medium Violet Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xC71585, RGB = (199, 21, 133), HSL = (228, 206, 110).

Standard 'Midnight Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x191970, RGB = (25, 25, 112), HSL = (170, 162, 69).

Standard 'Mint Cream' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5FFFA, RGB = (245, 255, 250), HSL = (106, 255, 250).

Standard 'Misty Rose' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4E1, RGB = (255, 228, 225), HSL = (4, 255, 240).

Standard 'Moccasin' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFE4B5, RGB = (255, 228, 181), HSL = (27, 255, 218).

Standard 'Navajo White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFDEAD, RGB = (255, 222, 173), HSL = (25, 255, 214).

Standard 'Navy' color. Values: RGB = 0x000080, RGB = (0, 0, 128), HSL = (170, 255, 64).

Standard 'Old Lace' color. Values: RGB = 0xFDF5E6, RGB = (253, 245, 230), HSL = (28, 217, 242).

Standard 'Olive' color. Values: RGB = 0x808000, RGB = (128, 128, 0), HSL = (43, 255, 64).

Standard 'Olive Drab' color. Values: RGB = 0x6B8E23, RGB = (107, 142, 35), HSL = (56, 154, 89).

Standard 'Orange' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFA500, RGB = (255, 165, 0), HSL = (28, 255, 128).

Standard 'Orange Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF4500, RGB = (255, 69, 0), HSL = (12, 255, 128).

Standard 'Orchid' color. Values: RGB = 0xDA70D6, RGB = (218, 112, 214), HSL = (214, 150, 165).

Standard 'Pale Goldenrod' color. Values: RGB = 0xEEE8AA, RGB = (238, 232, 170), HSL = (39, 170, 204).

Standard 'Pale Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x98FB98, RGB = (152, 251, 152), HSL = (85, 236, 202).

Standard 'Pale Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0xAFEEEE, RGB = (175, 238, 238), HSL = (128, 166, 207).

Standard 'Pale Violet Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xDB7093, RGB = (219, 112, 147), HSL = (241, 152, 165).

Standard 'Papaya Whip' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFEFD5, RGB = (255, 239, 213), HSL = (26, 255, 234).

Standard 'Peach Puff' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFDAB9, RGB = (255, 218, 185), HSL = (20, 255, 220).

Standard 'Peru' color. Values: RGB = 0xCD853F, RGB = (205, 133, 63), HSL = (21, 150, 134).

Standard 'Pink' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFC0CB, RGB = (255, 192, 203), HSL = (248, 255, 224).

Standard 'Plum' color. Values: RGB = 0xDDA0DD, RGB = (221, 160, 221), HSL = (213, 121, 191).

Standard 'Powder Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0xB0E0E6, RGB = (176, 224, 230), HSL = (132, 132, 203).

Standard 'Purple' color. Values: RGB = 0x800080, RGB = (128, 0, 128), HSL = (213, 255, 64).

Standard 'Red' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF0000, RGB = (255, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 255, 128).

Standard 'Rosy Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xBC8F8F, RGB = (188, 143, 143), HSL = (0, 64, 166).

Standard 'Royal Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x4169E1, RGB = (65, 105, 225), HSL = (159, 185, 145).

Standard 'Saddle Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0x8B4513, RGB = (139, 69, 19), HSL = (18, 194, 79).

Standard 'Salmon' color. Values: RGB = 0xFA8072, RGB = (250, 128, 114), HSL = (4, 238, 182).

Standard 'Sandy Brown' color. Values: RGB = 0xF4A460, RGB = (244, 164, 96), HSL = (20, 222, 170).

Standard 'Sea Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x2E8B57, RGB = (46, 139, 87), HSL = (104, 128, 93).

Standard 'Sea Shell' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFF5EE, RGB = (255, 245, 238), HSL = (18, 255, 247).

Standard 'Sienna' color. Values: RGB = 0xA0522D, RGB = (160, 82, 45), HSL = (14, 143, 103).

Standard 'Silver' color. Values: RGB = 0xC0C0C0, RGB = (192, 192, 192), HSL = (0, 0, 192).

Standard 'Sky Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x87CEEB, RGB = (135, 206, 235), HSL = (140, 182, 185).

Standard 'Slate Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x6A5ACD, RGB = (106, 90, 205), HSL = (176, 136, 148).

Standard 'Slate Gray' color. Values: RGB = 0x708090, RGB = (112, 128, 144), HSL = (149, 32, 128).

Standard 'Snow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFAFA, RGB = (255, 250, 250), HSL = (0, 255, 253).

Standard 'Spring Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x00FF7F, RGB = (0, 255, 127), HSL = (106, 255, 128).

Standard 'Steel Blue' color. Values: RGB = 0x4682B4, RGB = (70, 130, 180), HSL = (147, 112, 125).

Standard 'Tan' color. Values: RGB = 0xD2B48C, RGB = (210, 180, 140), HSL = (24, 112, 175).

Standard 'Teal' color. Values: RGB = 0x008080, RGB = (0, 128, 128), HSL = (128, 255, 64).

Standard 'Thistle' color. Values: RGB = 0xD8BFD8, RGB = (216, 191, 216), HSL = (213, 62, 204).

Standard 'Tomato' color. Values: RGB = 0xFF6347, RGB = (255, 99, 71), HSL = (6, 255, 163).

Standard 'Turquoise' color. Values: RGB = 0x40E0D0, RGB = (64, 224, 208), HSL = (123, 184, 144).

Standard 'Violet' color. Values: RGB = 0xEE82EE, RGB = (238, 130, 238), HSL = (213, 194, 184).

Standard 'Wheat' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5DEB3, RGB = (245, 222, 179), HSL = (28, 196, 212).

Standard 'White' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

Standard 'White Smoke' color. Values: RGB = 0xF5F5F5, RGB = (245, 245, 245), HSL = (0, 0, 245).

Standard 'Yellow' color. Values: RGB = 0xFFFF00, RGB = (255, 255, 0), HSL = (43, 255, 128).

Standard 'Yellow Green' color. Values: RGB = 0x9ACD32, RGB = (154, 205, 50), HSL = (56, 155, 128).

Theme 'Style' color. A color used in theme definitions which means to use the color of the style. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Theme 'Dark 1' color. Main dark color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Theme 'Light 1' color. Main light color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

Theme 'Dark 2' color. Main dark color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x1F497D, RGB = (31, 73, 125), HSL = (151, 154, 78).

Theme 'Light 2' color. Main light color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xEEECE1, RGB = (238, 236, 225), HSL = (36, 71, 232).

Theme 'Accent 1' color. Extra theme color 1. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x4F81BD, RGB = (79, 129, 189), HSL = (151, 116, 134).

Theme 'Accent 2' color. Extra theme color 2. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xC0504D, RGB = (192, 80, 77), HSL = (1, 122, 135).

Theme 'Accent 3' color. Extra theme color 3. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x9BBB59, RGB = (155, 187, 89), HSL = (56, 107, 138).

Theme 'Accent 4' color. Extra theme color 4. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x8064A2, RGB = (128, 100, 162), HSL = (189, 64, 131).

Theme 'Accent 5' color. Extra theme color 5. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x4BACC6, RGB = (75, 172, 198), HSL = (136, 132, 137).

Theme 'Accent 6' color. Extra theme color 6. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xF79646, RGB = (247, 150, 70), HSL = (19, 234, 159).

Theme 'Hyperlink' color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x0000FF, RGB = (0, 0, 255), HSL = (170, 255, 128).

Theme 'Followed Hyperlink' color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x800080, RGB = (128, 0, 128), HSL = (213, 255, 64).

Theme 'Background 1' color. Semantic background color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

Theme 'Text 1' color. Semantic text color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Theme 'Background 2' color. Semantic additional background color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0xEEECE1, RGB = (238, 236, 225), HSL = (36, 71, 232).

Theme 'Text 2' color. Semantic additional text color. Default Office theme values depend on the Office version, in Office 2010: RGB = 0x1F497D, RGB = (31, 73, 125), HSL = (151, 154, 78).

System '3D Dark' color. Specifies a Dark shadow color for three-dimensional display elements. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x696969, RGB = (105, 105, 105), HSL = (0, 0, 105).

System '3D Light' color. Specifies a Light color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xE3E3E3, RGB = (227, 227, 227), HSL = (0, 0, 227).

System 'Active Border' color. Specifies an Active Window Border Color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xB4B4B4, RGB = (180, 180, 180), HSL = (0, 0, 180).

System 'Active Caption' color. Specifies the active window title bar color. In particular the left side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x99B4D1, RGB = (153, 180, 209), HSL = (150, 96, 181).

System 'Application Workspace' color. Specifies the Background color of multiple document interface (MDI) applications. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xABABAB, RGB = (171, 171, 171), HSL = (0, 0, 171).

System 'Background' color. Specifies the desktop background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

System 'Button Face' color. Specifies the face color for three-dimensional display elements and for dialog box backgrounds. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).

System 'Button Highlight' color. Specifies the highlight color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

System 'Button Shadow' color. Specifies the shadow color for three-dimensional display elements (for edges facing away from the light source). Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xA0A0A0, RGB = (160, 160, 160), HSL = (0, 0, 160).

System 'Button Text' color. Specifies the color of text on push buttons. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

System 'Caption Text' color. Specifies the color of text in the caption, size box, and scroll bar arrow box. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

System 'Gradient Active Caption' color. Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an active window's title bar. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xB9D1EA, RGB = (185, 209, 234), HSL = (149, 137, 210).

System 'Gradient Inactive Caption' color. Specifies the right side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xD7E4F2, RGB = (215, 228, 242), HSL = (150, 130, 228).

System 'Gray Text' color. Specifies a grayed (disabled) text. This color is set to 0 if the current display driver does not support a solid gray color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x6D6D6D, RGB = (109, 109, 109), HSL = (0, 0, 109).

System 'Highlight' color. Specifies the color of Item(s) selected in a control. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x3399FF, RGB = (51, 153, 255), HSL = (149, 255, 153).

System 'Highlight Text' color. Specifies the text color of item(s) selected in a control. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

System 'Hot Light' color. Specifies the color for a hyperlink or hot-tracked item. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x0066CC, RGB = (0, 102, 204), HSL = (149, 255, 102).

System 'Inactive Border' color. Specifies the color of the Inactive window border. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF4F7FC, RGB = (244, 247, 252), HSL = (154, 146, 248).

System 'Inactive Caption' color. Specifies the color of the Inactive window caption. Specifies the left side color in the color gradient of an inactive window's title bar if the gradient effect is enabled. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xBFCDDB, RGB = (191, 205, 219), HSL = (149, 71, 205).

System 'Inactive Caption Text' color. Specifies the color of text in an inactive caption. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x434E54, RGB = (67, 78, 84), HSL = (142, 29, 76).

System 'Info Back' color. Specifies the background color for tooltip controls. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFE1, RGB = (255, 255, 225), HSL = (43, 255, 240).

System 'Info Text' color. Specifies the text color for tooltip controls. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

System 'Menu' color. Specifies the menu background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).

System 'Menu Bar' color. Specifies the background color for the menu bar when menus appear as flat menus. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xF0F0F0, RGB = (240, 240, 240), HSL = (0, 0, 240).

System 'Menu Highlight' color. Specifies the color used to highlight menu items when the menu appears as a flat menu. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x3399FF, RGB = (51, 153, 255), HSL = (149, 255, 153).

System 'Menu Text' color. Specifies the color of Text in menus. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

System 'Scroll Bar' color. Specifies the scroll bar gray area color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xC8C8C8, RGB = (200, 200, 200), HSL = (0, 0, 200).

System 'Window' color. Specifies window background color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0xFFFFFF, RGB = (255, 255, 255), HSL = (0, 0, 255).

System 'Window Frame' color. Specifies the window frame color. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x646464, RGB = (100, 100, 100), HSL = (0, 0, 100).

System 'Window Text' color. Specifies the color of text in windows. Default Windows system values: RGB = 0x000000, RGB = (0, 0, 0), HSL = (0, 0, 0).

Represents a text underline style.

Do not underline the text.

Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness.

Underline the text with two lines of normal thickness.

Underline the text with a single, thick line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single, dotted line of normal thickness.

Underline the text with a single, thick, dotted line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single, dashed line of normal thickness.

Underline the text with a single, dashed, thick line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single line consisting of long dashes of normal thickness. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single line consisting of long, thick dashes. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness consisting of repeating dots and dashes.

Underline the text with a single, thick line consisting of repeating dots and dashes. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single line of normal thickness consisting of repeating two dots and dashes.

Underline the text with a single, thick line consisting of repeating two dots and dashes. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single wavy line of normal thickness. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with a single, thick wavy line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline the text with two wavy lines of normal thickness. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Underline just the words and not the spaces between them.

Represents a form control.

Gets the of the current .

The of the current .

Gets the name of the assigned vba macro to this button.

Assigned vba macro to this button.

Gets or sets whether 3D effect should be enabled on the current form control.

if 3D effect should be enabled on the current form control, otherwise.

Gets or sets whether current form control is printable.

if current form control is printable, otherwise.

Brings the form control to the front of the drawings.

Moves the form control one position forward in the drawings.

The index of the form control in the will not be updated if the drawing in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Sends the form control to the back of the drawings.

Moves the form control one position backward in the drawings.

The index of the form control in the will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the form control forward or backward in the drawings with the given relative index.

The relative index for the form control to update. Negative to move backward and positive to move forward.

Assigns the given macro to this button.

The module that contains the method. Name of the method that will be assigned to this button.

Represents a collection of FormControls in the worksheet or group.

ExcelWorksheet.FormControls ExcelGroupShape.FormControls

Adds a new button to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the button. The distance of the left edge of the button from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the button from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The button's width. The button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new button added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the button. The button's position. The button's width. The button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the button. The button's position (for example, "A1"). The button's width. The button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new button to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the button. The button's position (top-left corner). The button's end position (bottom-right corner). A new button added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new button to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the button. The button's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The button's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new button added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new combo box to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The distance of the left edge of the combo box from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the combo box from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The combo box's width. The combo box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new combo box added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new combo box to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The combo box's position. The combo box's width. The combo box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new combo box added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new combo box to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The combo box's position (for example, "A1"). The combo box's width. The combo box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new combo box added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new checkbox to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The text displayed next to the checkbox. The distance of the left edge of the checkbox from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the checkbox from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The width of the checkbox. The height of the checkbox. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new checkbox added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new checkbox to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed next to the checkbox. The position of the checkbox. The width of the checkbox. The height of the checkbox. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new checkbox added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new checkbox to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed next to the checkbox. The position of the checkbox (for example, "A1"). The width of the checkbox. The height of the checkbox. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new checkbox added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new spin button to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The distance of the left edge of the spin button from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the spin button from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The spin button's width. The spin button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new spin button added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new spin button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The spin button's position. The spin button's width. The spin button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new spin button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new spin button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The spin button's position (for example, "A1"). The spin button's width. The spin button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new spin button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new spin button to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The spin button's position (top-left corner). The spin button's end position (bottom-right corner). A new spin button added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new spin button to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The spin button's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The spin button's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new spin button added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new option (radio) button to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The text displayed next to the option button. The distance of the left edge of the option button from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the option button from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The option button's width. The option button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new option button added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new option (radio) button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed next to the option button. The option button's position. The option button's width. The option button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new option button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new option (radio) button to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed next to the option button. The option button's position (for example, "A1"). The option button's width. The option button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new option button added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new group box to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the group box. The distance of the left edge of the group box from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the group box from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The group box's width. The group box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group box added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new group box to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the group box. The group box's position. The group box's width. The group box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group box added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new group box to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the group box. The group box's position (for example, "A1"). The group box's width. The group box's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group box added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new label to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the label. The distance of the left edge of the label from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the label from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The label's width. The label's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new label added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new label to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the label. The label's position. The label's width. The label's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new label added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new label to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The text displayed on the label. The label's position (for example, "A1"). The label's width. The label's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new label added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new label to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the label. The label's position (top-left corner). The label's end position (bottom-right corner). A new label added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new label to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The text displayed on the label. The label's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The label's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new label added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new scroll bar to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The distance of the left edge of the scroll bar from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the scroll bar from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The scroll bar's width. The scroll bar's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new scroll bar added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new scroll bar to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The scroll bar's position. The scroll bar's width. The scroll bar's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new scroll bar added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new scroll bar to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The scroll bar's position (for example, "A1"). The scroll bar's width. The scroll bar's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new scroll bar added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Represents a base class for fills such as solid, gradient, pattern, etc.

Gets the type of the fill.

The type of the fill.

Sets the fill to none, thus making the area transparent.

An instance of a type that represents no fill that was set.

Sets the fill to the solid fill.

The color of the solid fill. An instance of a type that was set.

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Path or link to a picture source. if the picture is linked to the file in which instance is saved; otherwise, . An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is or or doesn't contain extension or extension is not supported. Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the extension. Parameter must contain supported extension (for example, ".png") if is , otherwise exception is thrown.

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Path to a picture source. Content type of the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type (for example, if doesn't specify a file extension).

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Path to a picture source. Content type (MIME type) of the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. or is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Stream containing the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is . Picture encoding format is not supported. Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the decoded picture .

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Stream containing the picture source. Content type of the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type so that the picture doesn't have to be decoded to detect the picture content type.

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Stream containing the picture source. Content type (MIME type) of the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is . is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .

Sets the fill to the picture fill. This method is not applicable on property.

Content of the picture source. An instance of a type that was set and can be used to set tiling or stretch options of the picture fill. is . Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture source.

Sets the fill to the pattern fill.

Type of the pattern fill. Foreground color of the pattern fill. Background color of the pattern fill. An instance of a type that was set.

Sets the fill to the gradient fill.

Type of the gradient fill. An instance of a type that was set.

Represents the fill type that can be applied to various objects, such as shapes, text characters, table cells and their outlines, borders and underlines.

No fill. The shape is not filled, thus making its interior transparent.

Solid color fill. The shape is filled entirely with the specified color.

Gradient fill. The shape is filled with the smooth gradual transition of colors at the specified locations that either follows a line or a path.

Picture fill. The shape is filled with the picture that can either be tiled (as a texture) or stretched to fill the available area. This fill type is not supported for outlines, borders and underlines.

Pattern fill. The shape is filled with the repeated pattern of the specified foreground and background color.

Represents the kind of selection used for the .

The element shall only have one selected item.

The element can have multiple items selected by clicking on each item.

The element can have multiple items selected by holding a control key and clicking on each item.

Represents a type of form control

control.

Currently unsupported form control.

Represents a fill with a smooth gradual transition of colors at the specified locations that either follows a line or a path.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the type of the fill gradient.

The type of the fill gradient. Currently, only and types are supported when saving to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should rotate with the shape.

if fill should rotate with the shape; otherwise, . If set to and a shape that has been filled with a gradient is transformed with a rotation, then the fill will be transformed with the same rotation.

Specifies the direction of color change for the gradient.

The direction of the color change for the gradient, expressed as a value between 0 and 1. This property is applicable only when is .

Specifies whether the gradient angle scales with the fill region.

if the gradient angle scales with the fill region, otherwise. This property is applicable only when is .

Gets the collection of gradient stops in this fill format.

The collection of gradient stops in this fill format

Gets or sets the rectangle defining the fill area for the gradient.

A that defines the fill area. This property is not applicable when is .

Gets or sets the rectangle defining the tile area for repeating gradient patterns.

A that defines the tile area. This property is not applicable when is .

Represents a type of gradient fill.

The linear fill type.

The radial fill type.

The rectangular fill type.

The path fill type.

Represents a single gradient stop in a gradient fill.

Specifies where this gradient stop should appear in the color band. This position is expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1.

The position of the gradient stop.

Specifies the color of the gradient.

The color of the gradient.

Initializes a new instance of the class with the specified position and color.

The position in the gradient where the gradient stop is placed. Value must be between 0 and 1. The color value of the gradient stop.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other gradient stop to compare with this gradient stop instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this gradient stop instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first gradient stop. The second gradient stop. if and gradient stops are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first gradient stop. The second gradient stop. if and gradient stops are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents a collection of gradient stops in a gradient fill.

Adds a new gradient stop.

The position of the gradient stop expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1. The color of the gradient stop. A newly added gradient stop.

Inserts a new gradient stop with the specified name at the specified index.

The position in the collection where the new gradient stop should be inserted. The position of the gradient stop expressed as a percentage from 0 to 1. The color of the gradient stop. A newly inserted gradient stop. is less than 0 or greater than .

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Gets or sets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get or set. The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Inserts a to the collection at the specified index.

The zero-based index at which should be inserted. The to insert into the collection. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Adds a to the end of the collection.

The to be added to the end of the collection. is .

Removes the at the specified index of the collection.

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Determines whether a is in the collection.

The to locate in the collection. if is found in the collection; otherwise, . is .

Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.

The to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.

The to remove from the collection. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.

Removes all s from the collection.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An for the collection.

Represents a Group Box Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Represents an enumeration of available horizontal alignments for text.

Align text to the left margin.

Align text in the center.

Align text to the right margin.

Align text so that it is justified across the whole line. Short sentences are not justified.

Distributes the text words across an entire text line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Aligns the text with an adjusted kashida length for Arabic text. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Distributes Thai text specially, because each character is treated as a word. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Represents a Label Box Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Represents a length, distance or a coordinate.

internally stores its value in an field and internally uses EMU (English Metric Unit) as a unit of measurement. EMU (English Metric Unit) can evenly divide in both English and Metric units and can avoid rounding errors during the calculation since it defines an integer based, high precision coordinate system (1" = 914 400 EMU, 1 cm = 360 000 EMU, 1 mm = 36 000 EMU, 1 pt = 12 700 EMU).

Gets or sets the default measurement unit that is applied globally every time is converted from/to a and to a .

The default measurement unit. Initial value is . This property makes code less verbose and, thus, easier to read and maintain because instead of using , and methods, one can use implicit conversions from/to a and to a . Since default measurement unit is applied globally (like any other member), it is advisable not to set property or use implicit conversions from/to a and to a if GemBox.Spreadsheet is used by various application functions that expect different default measurement unit, especially if usage is multi-threaded.

Converts a length value in a specified measurement unit to a instance.

The length value. The measurement unit. A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in a specified measurement unit.

Converts this instance to a length value in a specified measurement unit.

The measurement unit. A length value that is equivalent to this instance in a specified measurement unit.

Returns a that represents this instance in a specified format and a measurement unit by using a specified format provider.

The format. The format provider. The measurement unit. A that represents this instance in a specified format and a measurement unit by using a specified format provider.

Returns a that represents this instance in a specified format and a default measurement unit by using a specified format provider.

The format. The format provider. A that represents this instance in a specified format and a default measurement unit by using a specified format provider.

Returns a that represents this instance in a specified measurement unit.

The measurement unit. A that represents this instance in a specified measurement unit.

Returns a that represents this instance in a default measurement unit.

A that represents this instance in a default measurement unit.

Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is less than, equal to, or greater than the specified value.

The object to compare to the current instance. A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter. If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is less than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is equal to ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is greater than .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other length to compare with this length instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this length instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first length. The second length. if and lengths are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first length. The second length. if and lengths are not equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether is less than .

The first length. The second length. if length is less than length; otherwise, .

Determines whether is less than or equal to .

The first length. The second length. if length is less than or equal to length; otherwise, .

Determines whether is greater than .

The first length. The second length. if length is greater than length; otherwise, .

Determines whether is greater than or equal to .

The first length. The second length. if length is greater than or equal to length; otherwise, .

Converts a length value in a default measurement unit to a instance.

The length value. A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in a default measurement unit.

Converts a instance to a length value in a default measurement unit.

The length value. A length value that is equivalent to a specified input instance in a default measurement unit.

Converts a length value in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit to a instance.

The length value. A instance that is equivalent to a specified input length in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.

Converts a instance to a length value in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.

The length value. A length value that is equivalent to a specified input instance in an EMU (English Metric Unit) measurement unit.

Represents decorations which can be added to either the head or the tail of a line.

Gets the line end decoration.

The line end decoration.

Gets the line end size in relation to the line width.

The line end size in relation to the line width.

Initializes a new instance of the structure.

Line end decoration. Line end size in relation to the line width.

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other line arrow to compare with this line arrow instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this line arrow instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first line arrow. The second line arrow. if and line arrows are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first line arrow. The second line arrow. if and line arrows are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents the width and the length of the line end decoration (e.g., arrowhead) relative to the width of the line itself.

Small width and small length.

Small width and medium length.

Small width and large length.

Medium width and small length.

Medium width and medium length.

Medium width and large length.

Large width and small length.

Large width and medium length.

Large width and large length.

Represents the shape decoration that appears at the ends of lines.

No end.

Triangle arrow head.

Line arrow head.

Stealth arrow head.

Diamond.

Oval.

Represents values that specify how to cap the ends of lines.

Square protrudes by half line width.

Rounded ends. Semi-circle protrudes by half line width.

Line ends at end point.

Represents the compound line type that is to be used for lines with text such as underlines.

Single line: one normal width.

Double lines of equal width.

Double lines: one thick, one thin.

Double lines: one thin, one thick.

Three lines: thin, thick, thin.

Represents the line dash type.

Solid 1 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Dot 1000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Dash 1111000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Dash Dot 11110001000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Long Dash 11111111000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Long Dash Dot 111111110001000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Long Dash Dot Dot 1111111100010001000 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Round Dot 10 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Square Dot 1110 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

System Dash Dot 111010 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

System Dash Dot Dot 11101010 1 - line segment of the same length as the line width, 0 - space of the same length as the line width.

Custom

Represents an outline style that can be applied to a number of different objects such as shapes and text. The line allows for the specifying of many different types of outlines including even line dashes and bevels.

Gets or sets the fill of the outline. Fill types , and are currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The fill of the outline.

Gets or sets the width to be used for the underline stroke. Default value is 0.

The width to be used for the underline stroke.

Gets or sets the ending caps that should be used for this line. This also affects the ends of line segments for dashed lines. Default value is .

The ending caps that should be used for this line.

Gets or sets the compound line type to be used for the underline stroke. Default value is . This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The compound line type to be used for the underline stroke.

Gets or sets the dashing scheme that should be used for this line. Default value is (no dashes).

The dashing scheme that should be used for this line.

Gets or sets the line join type that indicates how connected lines are joined. Default value is .

The line join type that indicates how connected lines are joined.

Gets or sets the decorations added to the head of a line.

The decorations added to the head of a line. This property is applicable only on shape paths that are not closed.

Gets or sets the decorations added to the tail of a line.

The decorations added to the tail of a line. This property is applicable only on shape paths that are not closed.

Represents values that specify how the adjacent lines are joined.

A round joint specifies that lines joined together have a round join.

A bevel joint specifies that an angle joint is used to connect lines.

A miter joint specifies that a line join shall be mitered.

Represents a List Box Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets a CellRange which is used as the input range for this list box.

The CellRange which is used as the input range for this list box.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this list box.

The cell which holds the value of this list box.

Gets or sets the selection type of this list box.

The selection type of this list box.

Gets the selected values in the listbox.

Selected values in the listbox.

Gets or sets the indexes of the selected items in the listbox.

The index of the selected items in the listbox. If is and this property is being set with multiple indexes. Similarly to MS Excel, the indexes are 1-based.

Represents a bullet character used in a that is part of a list.

Bullet character is absent.

Filled round bullet.

Hollow round bullet.

Filled square bullet.

Hollow square bullet.

Star bullet.

Arrow bullet.

Checkmark bullet.

Custom bullet character.

Represents an automatic numbering scheme used in a that is part of a list.

Number is absent.

1 2 3

1. 2. 3.

1) 2) 3)

I. II. III.

A. B. C.

a) b) c)

a. b. c.

i. ii. iii.

(1) (2) (3)

Represents a list type of a bulleted or numbered .

is not part of a list and its content is not preceded by any content.

is part of a list and its content is preceded by a bullet character.

is part of a list and its content is preceded by a picture bullet.

is part of a list and its content is preceded by a automatically generated number.

Represents an Option (Radio) Button Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the value indicating whether this option button is checked.

The value indicating whether this option button is checked.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this option button.

The cell which holds the value of this option button.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Represents a fill with a repeated pattern of foreground and background color.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the type of the fill pattern.

The type of the fill pattern.

Gets or sets the foreground color.

The foreground color.

Gets or sets the background color.

The background color.

Represents a type of pattern fill.

No filling.

No pattern. Background color only.

No pattern. Foreground color only.

5% of the foreground color.

10% of the foreground color.

12.5% of the foreground color.

15% of the foreground color.

20% of the foreground color.

25% of the foreground color.

30% of the foreground color.

35% of the foreground color.

37.5% of the foreground color.

40% of the foreground color.

45% of the foreground color.

50% of the foreground color.

55% of the foreground color.

60% of the foreground color.

62.5% of the foreground color.

65% of the foreground color.

70% of the foreground color.

75% of the foreground color.

80% of the foreground color.

85% of the foreground color.

87.5% of the foreground color.

90% of the foreground color.

95% of the foreground color.

Dark Horizontal

Dark Vertical

Dark Downward Diagonal

Dark Upward Diagonal

Small Checker Board

Trellis

Light Horizontal

Light Vertical

Light Downward Diagonal

Light Upward Diagonal

Small Grid

Dotted Diamond

Wide Downward Diagonal

Wide Upward Diagonal

Dashed Upward Diagonal

Dashed Downward Diagonal

Narrow Vertical

Narrow Horizontal

Dashed Vertical

Dashed Horizontal

Large Confetti

Large Grid

Horizontal Brick

Large Checker Board

Small Confetti

Zig Zag

Solid Diamond

Diagonal Brick

Outlined Diamond

Plaid

Sphere

Weave

Dotted Grid

Pattern Divot

Shingle

Wave

Horizontal

Vertical

Cross

Downward Diagonal

Upward Diagonal

Diagonal Cross

Horizontal Cross

Diagonal Stripe

Reverse Diagonal Stripe

Horizontal Stripe

Vertical Stripe

Thin Diagonal Cross

Thin Diagonal Stripe

Thin Reverse Diagonal Stripe

Thin Horizontal Cross

Thin Horizontal Stripe

Thin Vertical Stripe

Specifies the amount of compression that has been used for a particular binary large image or picture (blip).

No compression was used.

Compression size suitable for inclusion with email.

Compression size suitable for high quality printing.

Compression size suitable for printing.

Compression size suitable for viewing on screen.

Represents a picture that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

Gets the picture content (picture data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

The picture content (picture data encoded in a particular format) that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

Gets the type of the compression.

The type of the compression.

Gets the picture content effects.

The picture content effects.

Gets the width of the picture in pixels.

The width of the picture in pixels.

Gets the height of the picture in pixels.

The height of the picture in pixels.

Gets the type of the picture content.

The type of the picture content.

Represents a picture file format.

Unknown picture file format.

Portable Network Graphics (PNG) file format.

Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) file format.

Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).

Graphics Interchange Format (GIF)

Legacy native graphics format of Apple's 2D graphics library QuickDraw which is a core part of the classic Apple Macintosh operating system.

Represents a fill with a picture that can either be tiled (as a texture) or stretched to fill the available area. This fill is not supported for outlines, borders and underlines.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the picture source that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

The picture source that has an associated content that is either embedded in or linked to the workbook file.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should rotate with the shape. Default value: .

if fill should rotate with the shape; otherwise, . If set to and a shape that has been filled with a picture is transformed with a rotation, then the fill will be transformed with the same rotation.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture source width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture source width).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the picture . To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture source is stretched, increment the by the . To inset the stretched picture source into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture source width as a basis). To outset the stretched picture source outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture source width as a basis). If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture source are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture source.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture source width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture source width).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the picture . To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture source is stretched, increment the by the . To inset the stretched picture source into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture source width as a basis). To outset the stretched picture source outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area width as a basis and uses picture source width as a basis). If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture source are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture source.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture source height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture source height).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the picture . To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture source is stretched, increment the by the . To inset the stretched picture source into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture source height as a basis). To outset the stretched picture source outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture source height as a basis). If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture source are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture source.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the picture specified as a relative value (percentage of the picture source height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the picture source height).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of bottom top edge of the picture . To reverse the effect of extra stretching caused because cropped picture source is stretched, increment the by the . To inset the stretched picture source into the filling area you can either set the to a positive value or to a negative value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture source height as a basis). To outset the stretched picture source outside of the filling area you can either set the to a negative value or to a positive value depending on which size you choose to use as a basis ( uses filling area height as a basis and uses picture source height as a basis). If the picture is tiled ( is ), then cropped parts of the picture source are covered by the adjacent tiles and all tiles consist of the non-cropped part of the picture source.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill should tile as a texture or stretch over the filling area.

if fill should tile as a texture; otherwise, to stretch it over the filling area.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the stretched picture fill from the left edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area width).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the left edge of the stretched picture fill from the left edge of the filling area.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the stretched picture fill from the right edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area width, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area width).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the right edge of the stretched picture fill from the right edge of the filling area.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the stretched picture fill from the top edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area height).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the top edge of the stretched picture fill from the top edge of the filling area.

Gets or sets the offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the stretched picture fill from the bottom edge of the filling area specified as a relative value (percentage of the filling area height, value of 1 is equal to 100% of the filling area height).

The offset (inset if the value is positive or outset if the value is negative) of the bottom edge of the stretched picture fill from the bottom edge of the filling area.

Gets or sets the additional horizontal offset after tiling alignment.

The additional horizontal offset after tiling alignment.

Gets or sets the horizontal tiling scale in range from 0 = 0% to 1 = 100%.

The horizontal tiling scale.

Gets or sets the additional vertical offset after tiling alignment.

The additional vertical offset after tiling alignment.

Gets or sets the vertical tiling scale in range from 0 = 0% to 1 = 100%.

The vertical tiling scale.

Gets or sets a value indicating where to align the first tile with respect to the filling area. Alignment happens after the scaling, but before the additional offset.

A value indicating where to align the first tile with respect to the filling area.

Specifies the direction(s) in which to flip the source image while tiling. Images may be flipped horizontally, vertically, or in both directions to fill the entire region.

The direction(s) in which to flip the source image while tiling.

Gets or sets the value indicating how picture tiles are painted onto a chart element output area. This property can be set only on and elements of and . Default value: .

The value indicating how picture tiles are painted onto a chart element output area. Non- tiling mode can be set only on and elements of and . If the is , then all other properties are ignored. If the is , then all properties except are ignored.

Gets or sets the value to which picture tiles are scaled before being stacked if is ; otherwise, . This property can be set only if is . Default value: 1 if is ; otherwise, .

The value to which picture tiles are scaled before being stacked if is ; otherwise, . The is not .

Sets the picture source.

Path or link to a picture source. if the picture is linked to the file in which instance is saved; otherwise, . An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is or or doesn't contain extension or extension is not supported. Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the extension. Parameter must contain supported extension (for example, ".png") if is , otherwise exception is thrown.

Sets the picture source.

Path to a picture source. Content type of the picture source. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type (for example, if doesn't specify a file extension).

Sets the picture source.

Path to a picture source. Content type (MIME type) of the picture source. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. or is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .

Sets the picture source.

Stream containing the picture source. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is . Picture encoding format is not supported. Use this overload to automatically detect the picture content type from the decoded picture .

Sets the picture source.

The picture source stream. Content type of the picture source. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type so that the picture doesn't have to be decoded to detect the picture content type.

Sets the picture source.

The picture source stream. Content type (MIME type) of the picture source. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is . is or . Use this overload to explicitly specify picture content type that is not supported by the .

Sets the picture source.

The picture content that should be set. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is . Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture source.

Sets the picture source.

The picture content that should be set. Compression level that the generating application can use as a guidance when optimizing picture source size. An instance of a class that represents the picture source that has been set. is . Use this overload if multiple s should share the same picture source but with different compression levels.

Indicates how to position two rectangles relative to each other.

Center.

Top.

Bottom.

Left.

Right.

Top Left.

Top Right.

Bottom Left.

Bottom Right.

Specifies the relative rectangle.

Gets or sets the left edge of the rectangle.

The left edge of the rectangle. Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.

Gets or sets the top edge of the rectangle.

The top edge of the rectangle. Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.

Gets or sets the right edge of the rectangle.

The right edge of the rectangle. Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.

Gets or sets the bottom edge of the rectangle.

The bottom edge of the rectangle. Value 0 represents 0% while value 1 represents 100%.

Initializes a new instance of the struct.

The left. The top. The right. The bottom.

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other relative rectangle to compare with this relative rectangle instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this relative rectangle instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first relative rectangle. The second relative rectangle. if and relative rectangles are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first relative rectangle. The second relative rectangle. if and relative rectangles are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents a Scroll Bar Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the minimum value that can be produced by this scroll bar.

The minimum value that can be produced by this scroll bar.

Gets or sets the maximum value that can be produced by this scroll bar.

The maximum value that can be produced by this scroll bar.

Gets or sets the increment which is added or subtracted when clicking on this scroll bar.

The increment which is added or subtracted when clicking on this scroll bar.

Gets or sets the number of lines to move the scroll bar on a page click.

The number of lines to move the scroll bar on a page click.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this scroll bar.

The cell which holds the value of this scroll bar.

Gets or sets the value of the scroll bar.

The value of the scroll bar.

Represents a shape's geometry type.

None.

Line.

Elbow Connector.

Curved Connector.

Rectangle.

Rounded Rectangle.

Snip Single Corner Rectangle.

Snip Same Side Corner Rectangle.

Snip Diagonal Corner Rectangle.

Snip and Round Single Corner Rectangle.

Round Single Corner Rectangle.

Round Same Side Corner Rectangle.

Round Diagonal Corner Rectangle.

Oval.

Isosceles Triangle.

Right Triangle.

Parallelogram.

Trapezoid.

Diamond.

Regular Pentagon.

Hexagon.

Heptagon.

Octagon.

Decagon.

Dodecagon.

Pie.

Chord.

Teardrop.

Frame.

Half Frame.

L-Shape.

Diagonal Stripe.

Cross.

Plaque.

Can.

Cube.

Bevel.

Donut.

"No" Symbol.

Block Arc.

Folded Corner.

Smiley Face.

Heart.

Lightning Bolt.

Sun.

Moon.

Cloud.

Arc.

Double Bracket.

Double Brace.

Left Bracket.

Right Bracket.

Left Brace.

Right Brace.

Right Arrow.

Left Arrow.

Up Arrow.

Down Arrow.

Left-Right Arrow.

Up-Down Arrow.

Quad Arrow.

Left-Right-Up Arrow.

Bent Arrow.

U-Turn Arrow.

Left-Up Arrow.

Bent-Up Arrow.

Curved Right Arrow.

Curved Left Arrow.

Curved Up Arrow.

Curved Down Arrow.

Striped Right Arrow.

Notched Right Arrow.

Pentagon.

Chevron.

Right Arrow Callout.

Down Arrow Callout.

Left Arrow Callout.

Up Arrow Callout.

Left-Right Arrow Callout.

Quad Arrow Callout.

Circular Arrow.

Plus.

Minus.

Multiply.

Division.

Equal.

Not Equal.

Flowchart: Process.

Flowchart: Alternate Process.

Flowchart: Decision.

Flowchart: Data.

Flowchart: Predefined Process.

Flowchart: Internal Storage.

Flowchart: Document.

Flowchart: Multidocument.

Flowchart: Terminator.

Flowchart: Preparation.

Flowchart: Manual Input.

Flowchart: Manual Operation.

Flowchart: Connector.

Flowchart: Off-page Connector.

Flowchart: Card.

Flowchart: Punched Tape.

Flowchart: Summing Junction.

Flowchart: Or.

Flowchart: Collate.

Flowchart: Sort.

Flowchart: Extract.

Flowchart: Merge.

Flowchart: Stored Data.

Flowchart: Delay.

Flowchart: Sequential Access Storage.

Flowchart: Magnetic Disk.

Flowchart: Direct Access Storage.

Flowchart: Display.

Explosion 1.

Explosion 2.

4-Point Star.

5-Point Star.

6-Point Star.

7-Point Star.

8-Point Star.

10-Point Star.

12-Point Star.

16-Point Star.

24-Point Star.

32-Point Star.

Up Ribbon.

Down Ribbon.

Curved Up Ribbon.

Curved Down Ribbon.

Vertical Scroll.

Horizontal Scroll.

Wave.

Double Wave.

Rectangular Callout.

Rounded Rectangular Callout.

Oval Callout.

Cloud Callout.

Line Callout 1.

Line Callout 2.

Line Callout 3.

Line Callout 1 (Accent Bar).

Line Callout 2 (Accent Bar).

Line Callout 3 (Accent Bar).

Line Callout 1 (No Border).

Line Callout 2 (No Border).

Line Callout 3 (No Border).

Line Callout 1 (Border and Accent Bar).

Line Callout 2 (Border and Accent Bar).

Line Callout 3 (Border and Accent Bar).

Action Button: Back or Previous.

Action Button: Forward or Next.

Action Button: Beginning.

Action Button: End.

Action Button: Home.

Action Button: Information.

Action Button: Return.

Action Button: Movie.

Action Button: Document.

Action Button: Sound.

Action Button: Help.

Action Button: Custom.

Curved Connector 2.

Curved Connector 4.

Curved Connector 5.

Bent Connector 2.

Bent Connector 4.

Bent Connector 5.

Line Inverse. Not supported. Use with vertical flip instead.

Straight Connector.

Chart Plus.

Chart Star.

Chart X.

Corner Tabs.

Funnel.

Gear 6.

Gear 9.

Non-Isosceles Trapezoid.

Pie Wedge.

Plaque Tabs.

Square Tabs.

Left Circular Arrow.

Left-Right Circular Arrow.

Swoosh Arrow.

Up-Down Arrow Callout.

Flowchart: Off-line Storage.

Left-Right Ribbon.

Custom.

Represents a fill containing of a single color spread uniformly across the entire area.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the color.

The color.

Represents a Spin Button Form Control.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the minimum value that can be produced by this spin button.

The minimum value that can be produced by this spin button.

Gets or sets the maximum value that can be produced by this spin button.

The maximum value that can be produced by this spin button.

Gets or sets the increment which is added or subtracted when clicking on this spin button.

The increment which is added or subtracted when clicking on this spin button.

Gets or sets the cell which holds the value of this spin button.

The cell which holds the value of this spin button.

Gets or sets the value of the spin button.

The value of the spin button.

Represents a text strikethrough type.

No strikethrough is applied to the text.

A single strikethrough is applied to the text.

A double strikethrough is applied to the text.

Represents an enumeration of available text fitting options.

Text within the should not be auto-fit to the bounding box.

Text within the should be auto-fit to the bounding box by reducing the font size of each and line spacing of each in the . This value is currently partially supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

should be auto-fit to fully contain the text described within it.

Represents a text content and formatting associated with an object such as a .

Gets or sets the text box formatting.

The text box formatting.

Gets the paragraphs contained in this text box.

The paragraphs contained in this text box.

Returns a concatenation of all paragraph's elements text.

Represents a set of formatting properties that can be applied to a .

Gets or sets the vertical alignment of the text within an object such as a . Default value is .

The vertical alignment of the text within an object such as a .

Gets or sets a value indicating the centering of the text box. The way it works fundamentally is to determine the smallest possible "bounds box" for the text and then to center that "bounds box" accordingly. This is different than , which aligns the text within the "bounds box" for the text. This property is compatible with all of the different kinds of . Default value is . This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

if the text box is horizontally centered; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the text direction. Default value is .

The text direction.

Gets or sets the text auto-fitting setting. Default value is .

The text auto-fitting setting.

Gets or sets the percentage of the original font size to which each in the is scaled when is . Default value is 1 if is ; otherwise, .

The percentage of the original font size to which each in the is scaled when is . Property can be set only if property is . Value is not between 0 and 1. In order to auto-fit text within a bounding box it is sometimes necessary to decrease the font size by a certain percentage. Using this property the font within a text box can be scaled based on the value provided. A value of 1 scales the text to 100%, while a value of 0.01 scales the text to 1%.

Gets or sets the percentage amount by which the line spacing of each in the is reduced when is . This property applies only to paragraphs with percentage line spacing. Default value is 0 if is ; otherwise, .

The percentage amount by which the line spacing of each in the is reduced when is . Property can be set only if property is . Value is not between 0 and 1. The reduction is applied by subtracting it from the original line spacing value. Using this property the vertical spacing between the lines of text can be scaled by a percent amount. A value of 1 reduces the line spacing by 100%, while a value of 0.01 reduces the line spacing by one percent.

Gets or sets the left internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Default value is 0.1 inches.

The left internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Value is less than zero.

Gets or sets the top internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Default value is 0.05 inches.

The top internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Value is less than zero.

Gets or sets the right internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Default value is 0.1 inches.

The right internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Value is less than zero.

Gets or sets the bottom internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Default value is 0.05 inches.

The bottom internal margin of the bounding rectangle within a . Value is less than zero.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to wrap text in shape. Default value is .

if words are wrapped within the bounding rectangle; otherwise, if words spill out without paying attention to the bounding rectangle boundaries.

Gets or sets the number of columns of text in the bounding rectangle. Default value is 1. This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The number of columns of text in the bounding rectangle. Value is less than 1. When applied to a this property takes the width of the bounding box for the text and divides it by the number of columns specified. These columns are then treated as overflow containers in that when the previous column has been filled with text the next column acts as the repository for additional text. When all columns have been filled and text still remains then the overflow properties set for this are used and the text is reflowed to make room for additional text.

Gets or sets the space between text columns when there is more than 1 column present in the . Default value is 0. This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The space between text columns when there is more than 1 column present in the . Value is less than zero.

Specifies the rotation that is being applied to the text within the bounding box. If it not specified, the rotation of the accompanying shape is used. If it is specified, then this is applied independently from the shape.

The rotation of the text.

Represents an enumeration of available text directions.

Horizontal text.

Text is vertical orientation (each line is 90 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from top to bottom; each next line is to the left from the previous one).

Text is vertical orientation (each line is 270 degrees rotated clockwise, so it goes from bottom to top; each next line is to the right from the previous one).

Text is vertical (one letter on top of another). This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Text is vertical (one letter on top of another) as for but should be shown from right to left rather than left to right. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

A special version of , where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by 90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

A special version of , where some fonts are displayed as if rotated by 90 degrees while some fonts (mostly East Asian) are displayed vertical. The difference between this and the is the text flows top down then LEFT RIGHT, instead of RIGHT LEFT. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Represents a base class for text elements such as runs, fields, line breaks and unknown text elements.

Gets or sets the text formatting options.

The text formatting options.

Gets the type of the text element.

The type of the text element.

Gets the parent text paragraph or if text element was deleted.

The parent text paragraph or if text element was deleted.

Represents a collection of s.

Adds a new run of text to the paragraph.

The text. The run of text added to the paragraph. Parameter is either or , or it contains character '\v', '\r' or '\n'. Character '\v' represents a line break and a instance should be added instead. Characters '\r' and '\n' represent a paragraph break and a instance should be added instead.

Adds a new line break to the paragraph.

The line break added to the paragraph.

Gets or sets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.

The to remove from the collection. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.

Removes the at the specified index of the collection.

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Determines whether a is in the collection.

The to locate in the collection. if is found in the collection; otherwise, . is .

Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.

The to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Removes all s from the collection.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An for the collection.

Represents a text element type enumeration.

element.

Represents a text field which contains generated text that the application should update periodically.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the text.

The text.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance.

Represents a group of text formatting options.

Gets or sets the font to be used on characters within the text.

The font to be used on characters within the text. Value is or .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is formatted as bold. Default value is .

if the text is formatted as bold; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the text is formatted as italic. Default value is .

if the text is formatted as italic; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the text size.

The text size. Value is not between 1 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).

Gets or sets the text underline style. Default value is .

The text underline style.

Gets or sets the text strikethrough. Default value is .

The text strikethrough.

Gets or sets the offset for both the superscript and subscript fonts. Positive value indicates superscript and negative value indicates subscript. The size is specified using a percentage where 0.01 is equal to 1 percent of the font size and 1 is equal to 100 percent font of the font size. Default value is 0. This member is currently partially supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats. All positive values are exported in the same superscript position and all negative values are exported in the same subscript position.

The offset for both the superscript and subscript fonts. Value is not between -1 and 1 (inclusive).

Gets or sets the capitalization that is to be applied to the text. This is a render-only modification and does not affect the actual characters stored in the text. Default value is .

The capitalization that is to be applied to the text.

Gets or sets the normalization of height that is to be applied to the text. This is a render-only modification and does not affect the actual characters stored in the text. Default value is . This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

if character heights are equalized; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the spacing between characters within the text. Positive value indicates expanded (loose) spacing and negative value indicates condensed (tight) spacing. Default value is 0. This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The spacing between characters within the text. Value is not between -4000 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).

Gets or sets the minimum font size at which character kerning occurs. This member is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats.

The minimum font size at which character kerning occurs. Value is not between 0 and 4000 pt (inclusive).

Gets or sets the fill.

The fill.

Gets or sets the outline.

The outline.

Gets or sets the underline fill.

The underline fill.

Represents a vertical line break.

Gets the value.

The value.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance.

Represents a set of formatting properties related to bulleted or numbered lists that can be applied to a .

Gets the type of the list. Default value is . Use members , , or to set list type.

The type of the list.

Gets or sets the list indent level. Default value is 0.

The list indent level. Value is not between 0 and 8 (inclusive).

Gets or sets the numbering scheme of the numbered list. Default value is . This allows specifying formats other than strictly numbers. For instance, a set of bullets can be represented by a series of Roman numerals instead of the standard 1,2,3, etc. number set.

The numbering scheme of the numbered list.

Gets or sets the number that starts a given sequence of a numbered list. Default value is 1 if is ; otherwise, -1. When the numbering is alphabetical, the number should map to the appropriate letter. For instance 1 maps to 'a', 2 to 'b' and so on. If the numbers are larger than 26, then multiple letters should be used. For instance 27 should be represented as 'aa' and similarly 53 should be 'aaa'.

The number that starts a given sequence of a numbered list. Value is not between 1 and 32767 (inclusive).

Gets or sets the bullet scheme of the bulleted list. Default value is . This allows specifying character and font of predefined list bullets.

The bullet scheme of the bulleted list. Value is not supported. Set property instead.

Gets or sets the character to be used in place of the standard bullet point. Default value is .

The character to be used in place of the standard bullet point.

Gets or sets the picture to be applied to a set of bullets. Default value is .

The picture to be applied to a set of bullets.

Gets or sets the color to be used on bullet characters within a given .

The color to be used on bullet characters within a given .

Gets or sets the absolute size to be used on bullet characters within a given .

The absolute size to be used on bullet characters within a given . Value is not between 1 pt and 4000 pt (inclusive).

Gets or sets the size in percentage of the surrounding text to be used on bullet characters within a given .

The size in percentage of the surrounding text to be used on bullet characters within a given . Value is not between 25% and 400% (inclusive).

Gets or sets the font to be used on bullet characters within a given .

The font to be used on bullet characters within a given . Value is or .

Sets the bullet picture.

The picture stream. Content type of the picture stream. is .

Sets the bullet picture.

The picture stream. Content type (MIME type) of the picture stream. is or .

Represents a paragraph of text.

Gets the paragraph text elements.

The paragraph text elements.

Gets or sets the paragraph's formatting options.

The paragraph's formatting options. This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this paragraph. This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects. When setting a value, instance of a won't actually be stored in this paragraph, but the data to which the instance points to will be copied. This enables easy copying of complex properties from one text element to another.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance.

Represents a collection of s.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An for the collection.

Adds a new paragraph to the text box.

The paragraph added to the text box.

Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.

The to remove from the collection. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.

Removes the at the specified index of the collection.

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Determines whether a is in the collection.

The to locate in the collection. if is found in the collection; otherwise, . is .

Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.

The to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, -1.

Removes all s from the collection.

Represents a set of formatting properties that can be applied to a .

Gets or sets the alignment that is to be applied to the paragraph. Default value is .

The alignment that is to be applied to the paragraph.

Gets or sets the indentation before text of the . This is specified in addition to the and applies only to this . That is the and the are additive with respect to the text position. Default value is 0.

The indentation before text of the . Value is not between 0 and 142.24 cm.

Gets or sets the special indentation that is applied to the first line of text in the . Positive value specifies First line indentation, negative values specifies Hanging indentation and value of zero is considered to be at the same location as property. Default value is 0.

The special indentation that is applied to the first line of text in the . Value is not between -142.24 cm and 142.24 cm.

Gets or sets the amount of vertical white space that is present before a . This space is specified in either percentage or absolute value via structure. Default value is equal to . Percentage based value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and 0 point value is exported instead.

The amount of vertical white space that is present before a .

Gets or sets the amount of vertical white space that is present after a . This space is specified in either percentage or absolute value via structure. Default value is equal to . Percentage based value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and 0 point value is exported instead.

The amount of vertical white space that is present after a .

Gets or sets the vertical line spacing that is to be used within a . This can be specified in two different ways, percentage spacing and absolute spacing via structure. Default value is equal to .

The vertical line spacing that is to be used within a .

When true, this is a right-to-left paragraph.

if this is right-to-left paragraph; otherwise, .

Gets the paragraph's list (bulleted or numbered) formatting options.

The paragraph's list (bulleted or numbered) formatting options.

Gets or sets the default character formatting options for all s within a containing . These options are used when child doesn't have a specific character formatting options from specified.

The default character formatting options for all s within a containing . This property always returns a new instance of a that points to data associated with this paragraph formatting. This reduces memory footprint since simpler internal structures can be used to hold the data and execution time increase is negligible since Garbage Collector has a very good performance for a short-lived (Generation 0) objects.

Represents a run of text.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the text.

The text.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance.

Represents inter-paragraph and inter-line spacing specified either in percentages of the text size or as an absolute value.

Text spacing is absent (zero).

Text spacing that is equivalent to 100% of the text size.

Text spacing that is equivalent to 150% of the text size.

Text spacing that is equivalent to 200% of the text size.

Creates a text spacing instance from the specified absolute value.

The absolute value of the text spacing. A text spacing instance that represents the specified absolute text spacing. Argument is not between 0 and 55.88 cm.

Creates a text spacing instance from the specified percentage value. If parameter is equal to 1, then returned text spacing is equal to . If parameter is equal to 1.5, then returned text spacing is equal to . If parameter is equal to 2, then returned text spacing is equal to .

The percentage value of the text spacing. A text spacing instance that represents the specified percentage text spacing. Argument is not between 0 and 10 (exclusive).

Gets the text spacing value.

The text spacing value. Text spacing is specified in percentages.

Gets the text spacing percentage.

The text spacing percentage. Text spacing is not specified in percentages.

Gets a value indicating whether this text spacing is specified in percentages.

if this text spacing is specified in percentages; otherwise, .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other text spacing to compare with this text spacing instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this text spacing instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first text spacing. The second text spacing. if and text spacings are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first text spacing. The second text spacing. if and text spacings are not equal; otherwise, .

Indicates whether/how to flip the contents of a tile region when using it to fill a larger fill region.

Tiles are not flipped.

Tiles are flipped horizontally.

Tiles are flipped vertically.

Tiles are flipped both horizontally and vertically.

Represents an enumeration of available vertical alignments for text.

Align the text to the top of the bounding rectangle.

Align the text to the middle of the bounding rectangle.

Align the text to the bottom of the bounding rectangle.

Anchor the text so that it is justified vertically. When text is horizontal, this spaces out the actual lines of text and is almost always identical in behavior to (special case: if only 1 line, then aligned to ). When text is vertical, then it justifies the letters vertically. This is different than , because in some cases such as very little text in a line, it does not justify. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Align the text so that it is distributed vertically. When text is horizontal, this spaces out the actual lines of text and is almost always identical in behavior to (special case: if only 1 line, then aligned to ). When text is vertical, then it distributes the letters vertically. This is different than , because it always forces distribution of the words, even if there are only one or two words in a line. This value is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and value is exported instead.

Represents a dynamic filter criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today").

Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets or sets the dynamic filter type.

The dynamic filter type.

Gets the value.

The value.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a dynamic filter type.

Common filter type not available.

Shows values that are above average.

Shows values that are below average.

Shows last week's dates.

Shows last month's dates.

Shows last quarter's dates.

Shows last year's dates.

Shows this week's dates.

Shows this month's dates.

Shows this quarter's dates.

Shows this year's dates.

Shows next week's dates.

Shows next month's dates.

Shows next quarter's dates.

Shows next year's dates.

Shows yesterday's dates.

Shows today's dates.

Shows tomorrow's dates.

Shows the dates between the beginning of the year and today, inclusive.

Shows the dates that are in January, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in February, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in March, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in April, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in May, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in June, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in July, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in August, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in September, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in October, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in November, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in December, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in the 1st quarter, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in the 2nd quarter, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in the 3rd quarter, regardless of year.

Shows the dates that are in the 4th quarter, regardless of year.

Excel cell provides access to a single worksheet cell or to a merged range if the cell is merged.

Merged range is created by using CellRange.Merged property. See the property documentation for more information on merging. CellRange.Merged Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the parent worksheet.

Gets row of the cell.

Gets column of the cell.

Gets or sets value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

Exception is thrown if value for the set is not of supported type (See ExcelFile.SupportsType for details). Note that the fact some type is supported doesn't mean it is written to Excel file in the native format. As Microsoft Excel has just few basic types, the object of supported type will be converted to a similar excel type. If similar excel type doesn't exist, value is written as a string value. If the value of this property is of type and number format is not set, ISO date/time format will be used as CellStyle.NumberFormat value. Value is not supported. CellRange.Merged ExcelFile.SupportsType CellStyle.NumberFormat

Gets the cell value type.

Gets the boolean value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

The boolean value.

Gets the integer value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

The integer value.

Gets the double value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

The double value.

Gets the DateTime value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

The DateTime value.

Gets the string value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

The string value.

Gets or sets the rich value of this cell or of merged range if this cell is merged.

Rich value store data for complex cell values such as pictures, currencies, stock, etc.

Gets or sets cell comment.

Gets or sets cell hyperlink.

Gets or sets cell formula string.

In XLSX files, reading and writing of all formulas are supported. In XLS files, reading and writing of all common and most of the advanced formulas are supported. In XLSB files, reading and writing of all common and most of the advanced formulas are supported. In ODS files, reading and writing of all formulas are supported, however, OpenOffice formulas don't have the same syntax as Excel formulas. In CSV files, reading of all formulas is supported. When adding formulas in new versions of Excel, it often automatically interprets formulas as dynamic array formulas. You can consider using the method to set the formula instead of using this property. For more information on formulas, consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Gets or sets a formula string in R1C1 notation.

Sets the array formula (also known as CSE formula) to the range of cells.

The array formula. The number of rows that should be populated with the result of the array formula. The number of columns that should be populated with the result of the array formula.

Sets the dynamic array formula. Dynamic array formulas spill the result of the formula to neighbouring cells and are recommended as a replacement for array formulas in newer versions of MS Excel.

The dynamic array formula. Dynamic array formulas are fully supported only in Excel 365, Excel 2021, and newer versions. Dynamic array formulas opened in Excel 2019 or older will be shown as legacy array formulas (also known as CSE formulas).

Gets the type of formula stored in this cell.

Gets the range of cells that are affected by the formula stored in this cell.

This property is only relevant for array formulas and dynamic array formulas.

When the formula of this cell was set using the method, this property returns correct range only after the cell was calculated.

Calculates formula for this excel cell.

Returns associated merged range if the cell is merged; otherwise, .

CellRange.Merged

Converts cell value of this instance to string representation using number format that is specified on this instance.

Formatted cell value.

Sets the boolean value to this cell or to merged range if this cell is merged.

The boolean value.

Sets the integer value to this cell or to merged range if this cell is merged.

The integer value.

Sets the double value to this cell or to merged range if this cell is merged.

The double value.

Sets the DateTime value to this cell or to merged range if this cell is merged.

The DateTime value.

Sets the string value to this cell or to merged range if this cell is merged.

The string value.

Loads the specified HTML text as the value of this .

The HTML text which should be loaded as the value of this . The options used to define settings for load operation.

Inserts a cell by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Removes a cell by shifting cells in the specified direction.

The shift direction.

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Converts Excel floating-point number to structure.

Excel file format doesn't have a separate data type for date and time. value is stored as IEEE number encoded in a special way. When reading Excel file, CellStyle.NumberFormat is examined and if it matches some of date/time number formats cell value is interpreted as . However, if some non-standard date/time number format is used, cell value will not be recognized as but as ordinary number. In such cases (when you know that specific cell holds value but you get a number when reading Excel file) use this method to convert IEEE number to structure. Excel floating-point number. True to use 1904 date system. Converted DateTime structure.

Converts structure to Excel floating-point number.

DateTime structure. True to use 1904 date system. Converted Excel floating-point number.

Selects a worksheet region to which the cell belongs to.

The worksheet region to which the cell belongs to.

If cell has comment returns true, else returns false.

If cell has hyperlink returns true, else returns false.

Collection of excel cells ().

Gets the cell with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the cell.

Gets the number of currently allocated elements (dynamically changes when worksheet is modified -- read remarks).

The cells are internally allocated in rows and not in columns. In other words, when you load CSV/XLS/XLSX or access some cells via worksheet.Cells property new rows and cells can be allocated but the column count will stay the same. To find last used column in the worksheet, use ExcelWorksheet.GetUsedCellRange method.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.

A that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Arguments for event.

Gets the destination

Gets the destination column index in .

Gets the destination column type in .

Gets or sets the value which will be inserted into destination cell.

Gets a value indication whether current can be converted into cell.

If this value is false, you need to set an appropriate before exiting event handler or will be thrown.

Gets the source .

Gets or sets the action which will be executed after event, see .

This property is obsolete. Use and properties instead. Gets the source .

The source .

This property is obsolete. Use , and properties instead. Gets the source row index in .

The source row index in .

This property is obsolete. Use , and properties instead. Gets the source column index in .

The source column index in .

This property is obsolete. Use and properties instead. Gets the source value from .

The source value from .

Excel column contains column options and cell range with column cells.

Note that the cells are internally allocated in rows and not in columns. ExcelColumn objects are created only if they have non-standard width or style, or they are accessed directly. So, while ExcelRowCollection.Count shows number of rows occupied with data, ExcelColumnCollection.Count does not say which Column is the last one occupied with data! If you want to read all data in a sheet, use ExcelRow.AllocatedCells property. If you want to find last column occupied with data, use method. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the column width.

The column width. Value is a numerator (before a slash) of a fraction in a formula for an Open XML column width.

Automatically fits column width to the minimum size required for all data in the column to be visible.

Scaling factor is used to adjust the width of the column. Resulting column width is equal to CalculatedWidth * scaling. Default scaling is 1. Scaling factor.

Automatically fits column width by checking only the cells in the column that are specified by row range.

Scaling factor is used to adjust the width of the column. Resulting column width is equal to CalculatedWidth * scaling. Default scaling is 1. Scaling factor. First row. Last row.

Gets the width of column in arbitrary length unit.

The length unit in which to return column width. The width of column in arbitrary length unit.

Sets the width of column in arbitrary length unit.

Column width value. The length unit in which is specified.

Automatically fits column width to the minimum size required for all data in the column to be visible.

Auto-fit column width is a MS Excel feature and not a file format feature. Autofit method uses methods from System.Drawing to determine the real data width. Scaling factor is used to adjust the width of the column. Resulting column width is equal to CalculatedWidth * scaling. Default scaling is 1. Scaling factor.

Automatically fits column width by checking only the cells in the column that are specified by row range.

Deletes this column from the worksheet.

Inserts specified number of copied columns before the current column.

Number of columns to insert. Source column to copy.

Inserts specified number of empty columns before the current column.

Number of columns to insert.

Collection of excel columns ().

Gets the column with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column.

Removes the column with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column.

Removes specified number of columns starting at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column. Number of columns to remove.

Inserts empty column at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column.

Inserts specified number of empty columns at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column. Number of columns to insert.

Inserts copied column at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column. Source column to copy.

Inserts specified number of copied columns at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the column. Number of columns to insert. Source column to copy.

Converts column name ("A", "B", ...) to column index (0, 1, ...).

Column name. Column index for the specified name.

Converts column index (0, 1, ...) to column name ("A", "B", ...).

Column index. Column name for the specified index.

Base class for the excel column and row classes.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Internal.

Gets cell range with column / row cells.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the row / column zero-based index which represents its position in a worksheet.

Gets the name of instance.

A row name includes row number. For example, the name of row 0 is "1". A column name includes column letter. For example, the name of column 0 is "A".

Gets or sets the cell formatting of cells in this column / row.

The cell formatting of cells in this column / row. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets whether object is collapsed in outlining.

When you use outline grouping and you want outline group to be collapsed, you need to set three properties: property needs to be set to correct outline level. If group is collapsed, for all rows in the collapsed group property needs to be set to . If group is collapsed, for the row where collapsed (plus) sign is located property needs to be set to . This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image file formats.

Gets or sets outline level.

Exception is thrown if value is out of 0 to 7 range. Using this property you can create hierarchical groups. Range of consecutive objects (rows or columns) with the same value of outline level belongs to the same group. Default value is zero, which prevents grouping. When you use outline grouping and you want outline group to be collapsed, you need to set three properties: property needs to be set to correct outline level. If group is collapsed, for all rows in the collapsed group property needs to be set to . If group is collapsed, for the row where collapsed (plus) sign is located property needs to be set to . This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image file formats. Value is out of 0 to 7 range.

Gets or sets whether excel object is hidden.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Returns if style is default; otherwise, .

Represents a comment object used by in the worksheet.

If comment exists returns true, otherwise returns false.

Gets the comment text assigned to excel cell

The comment text assigned to excel cell.

Gets or sets comment author.

Comment author.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this instance is visible.

if this instance is visible; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the top left anchor cell for the comment shape.

Gets or sets the bottom right anchor cell for the comment shape.

Gets the comment parent cell.

Returns a object that represents a range of characters within the comment text. The range starts at a specified character position. Supported in XLSX, XLSB and XLS.

The zero-based starting character position. New object. Argument is less than zero or is equal to or greater than 32767. ExcelCell Comments example

Returns a object that represents a range of characters within the comment text. The range starts at a specified character position and has a specified length. Supported in XLSX, XLSB and XLS.

The zero-based starting character position. The number of characters. New object. Argument is less than zero or is equal to or greater than 32767. Argument is equal to or less than zero or is greater than 32767. ExcelCell Comments example

Automatically fits the comment width and height to the minimum size required for all data in the comment to be visible.

When the comment has multiple lines, the width is autofitted to the longest line and the height is autofitted to make all lines visible. If the comment has a single line of text the height and width are autofitted in an approximately 2:1 ratio. The calculated width and height is stored internally and the property is set to null.

Automatically fits the comment width and height to the minimum size required for all data in the comment to be visible.

Scaling factor. Scaling factor is used to adjust the width and height of the comment. The resulting size is equal to CalculatedSize * scaling. The default scaling is 1. When the comment has multiple lines, the width is autofitted to the longest line and the height is autofitted to make all lines visible. If the comment has a single line of text the height and width are autofitted in an approximately 2:1 ratio. The calculated width and height is stored internally and the property is set to null.

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Collection of comments ().

Gets the comment at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the comment. The comment at the specified index. Argument is out of range.

Gets the number of comments contained in the collection.

Removes all comments.

Removes the comment at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the comment to remove.

Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.

The to remove from the collection. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Represents a base class for all drawings (pictures, charts, etc.) in the worksheet.

Gets the position of this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) in the worksheet.

The position of this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) in the worksheet.

Gets the z-order position of the picture. -1 if the picture is not contained in proper collection.

The z-order position of the picture.

Gets the metadata (non-visual properties) of this instance.

The metadata (non-visual properties) of this instance.

Gets the parent worksheet.

The parent worksheet.

Gets or sets the hyperlink on this drawing (picture, chart, etc.).

The hyperlink on this drawing (picture, chart, etc.). Supported only in XLSX and XLSB.

Formats this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) to its default size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image or be printed.

Formatted drawing (picture, chart, etc.) which can be exported to PDF, XPS, image or be printed. Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any worksheet.

Formats this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) to specified size so it can be exported to PDF, XPS, image or be printed.

The formatted drawing width. The formatted drawing height. The formatted drawing width / height length unit. Formatted drawing (picture, chart, etc.) which can be exported to PDF, XPS, image or be printed. Drawing cannot be formatted because it doesn't belong to any worksheet.

Gets a value indicating whether this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) has hyperlink.

if this drawing (picture, chart, etc.) has hyperlink; otherwise, .

Represents a collection of drawings (pictures, charts, etc.) in the worksheet.

An derived type. ExcelWorksheet.Pictures ExcelWorksheet.Charts

Gets the number of elements contained in the .

Gets the element at the specified index.

The element at the specified index. The zero-based index of the element to get. The element at the specified index.

Adds a copy of the drawing (picture, chart, etc.) to the worksheet.

The drawing (picture, chart, etc.) which will be copied to the worksheet. A copy of the drawing (picture, chart, etc.) added to the worksheet.

Moves the at the specified index to a new location in the collection thus affecting its Z-index. Drawings at the lower location in the collection have a lower Z-index and are drawn before drawings at the higher location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the .

Removes the first occurrence of a specific object from the .

The object to remove from the . true if item is successfully removed; otherwise, false.

Removes the element at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the element to remove.

Removes all elements from the .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the

An enumerator for the .

Determines whether an element is in the .

The object to locate in the . true if item is found; otherwise, false.

Searches for the specified object and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire .

The object to locate in the . The zero-based index of the first occurrence of item within the entire , if found; otherwise, -1.

Brings the item at the specified index to the front of the drawings.

The index of the item to bring to the front.

Brings the specified item to the front of the drawings.

The item to bring to the front.

Moves the item at the specified index one position forward in the drawings.

The index of the item to move forward. The index of the item will not be updated if the item in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the specified item one position forward in the drawings.

The item to move forward. The index of the item will not be updated if the item in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Sends the item at the specified index to the back of the drawings.

The index of the item to send to the back.

Sends the specified item to the back of the drawings.

The item to send to the back.

Moves the item at the specified index one position backward in the drawings.

The index of the item to move backward. The index of the item will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the specified item one position backward in the drawings.

The item to move backward. The index of the item will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the item forward or backward in the drawings with the given relative index.

The item to move backward or forward. The relative index for the item to update. Negative to move backward and positive to move forward.

Represents a set of non-visual properties which shall be applied to the parent .

Gets a unique identifier for the current drawing within the worksheet.

A unique identifier for the current drawing within the worksheet. This ID may be used to assist in uniquely identifying this drawing so that it can be referred to by other parts of the workbook.

Gets or sets the alternative text for the current drawing, for use by assistive technologies or applications which will not display the current drawing.

The alternative text for the current drawing, for use by assistive technologies or applications which will not display the current drawing.

Gets or sets the title, caption, for the current drawing.

The title for the current drawing.

Gets or sets the name for the current drawing.

The name for the current drawing. Drawing's name cannot be empty.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a class which holds information about position and size of the (picture, chart, etc.) in the worksheet.

Gets or sets the positioning mode of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The positioning mode of the (picture, chart, etc.).

Gets or sets the anchor cell which the (picture, chart, etc.) spans from.

The anchor cell which the (picture, chart, etc.) spans from. If . is , then: getter returns new instance of for every request and changing that instance won't affect on the position of the drawing (picture, chart, etc.). setter will internally set and properties, which are calculated by using widths and heights of columns and rows in the worksheet.

Gets or sets the anchor cell which the (picture, chart, etc.) spans to.

The anchor cell which the (picture, chart, etc.) spans to. If . is or , then: getter returns new instance of for every request and changing that instance won't affect on the position of the drawing (picture, chart, etc.). setter will internally set and properties, which are calculated by using widths and heights of columns and rows in the worksheet.

Gets or sets the distance (in points) of the left edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the left edge of the worksheet.

The distance (in points) of the left edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the left edge of the worksheet. If . is or , then: getter calculates the distance from the left edge of the worksheet for every request by using widths of columns in the worksheet. setter will internally set property.

Gets or sets the distance (in points) of the top edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the top edge of the worksheet.

The distance (in points) of the top edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the top edge of the worksheet. If . is or , then: getter calculates the distance from the top edge of the worksheet for every request by using heights of rows in the worksheet. setter will internally set property.

Gets or sets the width (in points) of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The width (in points) of the (picture, chart, etc.). If . is , then: getter calculates the width for every request by using widths of columns in the worksheet. setter will internally set property.

Gets or sets the height (in points) of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The height (in points) of the (picture, chart, etc.). If . is , then: getter calculates the height for every request by using heights of rows in the worksheet. setter will internally set property.

Gets the distance of the left edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the left edge of the worksheet.

The length unit of the returned value. The distance of the left edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the left edge of the worksheet.

Gets the distance of the top edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the top edge of the worksheet.

The length unit of the returned value. The distance of the top edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the top edge of the worksheet.

Gets the width of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The length unit of the returned value. The width of the (picture, chart, etc.).

Gets the height of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The length unit of the returned value. The height of the (picture, chart, etc.).

Sets the distance of the left edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the left edge of the worksheet.

The value. The length unit of the parameter.

Sets the distance of the top edge of the (picture, chart, etc.) from the top edge of the worksheet.

The value. The length unit of the parameter.

Sets the width of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The value. The length unit of the parameter.

Sets the height of the (picture, chart, etc.).

The value. The length unit of the parameter.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents an embedded Excel object within a spreadsheet, such as an embedded Excel workbook or chart.

ExcelWorksheet.EmbeddedObjects

Gets or sets the preview picture associated with the OLE object.

The preview representing the OLE object.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the object is displayed as an icon or using its native representation.

if the object is displayed as an icon; otherwise, if it is displayed using its native representation.

Gets the content type of the embedded object data.

The content type of the embedded object data.

Gets or sets the update type for the embedded object.

The value indicating how the embedded object is updated.

Gets or sets the program identifier (ProgId) associated with the embedded object.

The ProgId for the embedded object.

Gets a value indicating whether this object or control is linked.

if this object or control is linked; otherwise, if it is embedded.

Gets the path or link associated with the embedded object.

Thrown if the path cannot be determined if the object is linked with a null link.

Gets the link associated with the embedded object, if it is linked.

The link to the external object.

Gets the embedded object data.

A containing the embedded object data.

Sets the link for the embedded object.

The link to the external object. The range within the linked object, if any. The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any. Thrown if is null.

Sets the data for the embedded object from the specified file path.

The file path containing the embedded object data. The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any. Thrown if is null. Thrown if the file at does not exist.

Sets the data for the embedded object from the specified stream.

The stream containing the embedded object data. The source path of the embedded object. The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any. Thrown if or is null.

Sets the preview picture or the icon () for the embedded object.

The picture's path.

Sets the preview picture or the icon () for the embedded object.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a read-only collection of embedded objects in the worksheet.

ExcelWorksheet.EmbeddedObjects

Adds a new embedded or linked Excel object to the collection from the specified file path.

The file path to the embedded or linked object. Indicates whether the object should be linked () or embedded (). The distance of the left edge of the button from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the button from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The button's width. The button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any. A new added to the collection. Thrown if is null. Thrown if the file at does not exist.

Adds a new embedded Excel object to the collection, using the specified data stream.

The stream containing the embedded object data. The original path or file name of the embedded object. The distance of the left edge of the button from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the button from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The button's width. The button's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. The explicit content type of the embedded object, if any. A new added to the collection. Thrown if or is null.

Excel file contains one or more worksheets () and workbook related properties and methods.

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the maximum digit width of the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., 9 as rendered in the style's font. The is critically important for getting and setting column widths. You should set the to zero, so it gets automatically reinitialized upon next retrieval, if any of the following is changed: The . The . The style's font. The automatically initialized value might differ from MS Excel's value (usually by 1 pixel). In that case you can override the automatically initialized value by manually setting a value.

The maximum digit width of the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., 9 as rendered in the style's font. Value is less than zero.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the formula address references are automatically updated.

If you use address references in a formula, those references will be automatically updated if you insert or delete rows or columns and those changes affect the address reference in some way. If this property is , formula address references will not update automatically. This should be used only for performance reasons when working on large files. Default value of this property is .

Gets workbook protection properties. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets write protection properties. Supported in XLSX only.

Initializes an empty (no worksheets) instance of the ExcelFile class.

To add new worksheets to a blank file use Worksheets property, or methods. To load / read a spreadsheet from a file or a stream, use static methods. To save / write a spreadsheet to a file or a stream use methods. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Collection of all worksheets () in a workbook.

Represents the contained in the . If the does not have contained, it will be created on accessing this property.

Gets or sets the name of the that is bound to this .

Gets the collection of workbook links (also called external references).

Gets a value indicating whether the objects of specified type can be assigned to ExcelCell.Value property.

Queried type. Currently supported types are: System.DBNullSystem.ByteSystem.SByteSystem.Int16System.UInt16System.Int64System.UInt64System.UInt32System.Int32System.SingleSystem.DoubleSystem.BooleanSystem.CharSystem.Text.StringBuilderSystem.DecimalSystem.DateTimeSystem.String if the specified type is supported; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the workbook protection flag.

This property is simply written to Excel file and has no effect on the behavior of this library. For more information on workbook protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation. ExcelWorksheet.Protected

Maximum number of affected cells in group set methods.

If user tries to modify all cells in a group which has more cells than specified limit, exception will be thrown. This property was introduced to prevent users from accidentally modifying millions of cells which results in a long delay, a large memory allocation and a big resulting file. You can set this limit to value which suits your needs (minimum is 5).

Gets or sets whether 1904 date system is used.

Default value for this property is . For more information on 1904 date system, consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Gets of this .

Gets the collection of defined names that are not directly related with one cell range. Supported only in XLSX, XLSB, XLS and XML.

Gets the collection of s defined in this instance. Currently supported in XLSX only.

The collection of s defined in this instance. Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Gets the collection of workbook (master) s defined for this instance.

Makes a deep clone of this instance.

A deep clone of this instance.

Autodetects CSV separator. If there's no separators in the input stream returns (char)0.

This method counts the number of occurrences of the most common separators (',', ';', '\t') and returns one that has occurred the most times in first 5 rows. Input Stream. Char that is CSV separator. If there's no separators in the input StreamReader returns (char)0, and if there are two with equal number of occurrence, returns first of them.

Autodetects CSV separator. If there's no separators in the input stream returns (char)0.

This method counts the number of occurrences of chars that are specified in the array possibleSeparators, and returns one that has occurred the most times in first rowsToTest rows of StreamReader sr. Input StreamReader. Number of rows to test. Chars that can be CSV separators. Char that is CSV separator. If there's no separators in the input StreamReader returns (char)0, and if there are two with equal number of occurrence, returns first of them.

Gets the calculation engine options.

The calculation engine options.

Calculates formula for every excel cell in all worksheets.

Loads a spreadsheet from a file with the specified path.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. A loaded spreadsheet. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported:Microsoft Excel: .xlsx, xlsm, .xltx, .xltm, .xls, .xlt, .xlsbOpenDocument Spreadsheet: .ods, .otsCharacter Separated Values: .csv, .tsvHyperText Markup Language: .htm, .html, .mht, .mhtmlExtensible Markup Language: .xml (XML Spreadsheet 2003 / SpreadsheetML) Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads a spreadsheet from a file with the specified path.

Loads a spreadsheet from the specified stream. This method tries to dynamically determine the file format. If you know the file format, it is more reliable and faster to use method.

The stream from which to load a spreadsheet. A loaded spreadsheet. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads a spreadsheet from the specified stream.

The stream from which to load a spreadsheet. The loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation. A loaded spreadsheet. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads a spreadsheet from CSV data using the specified reader.

The reader which is used to load a spreadsheet. The CSV loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation. A loaded spreadsheet. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves the spreadsheet to a file with the specified path.

The path to which to save the spreadsheet. If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead. File extension is not supported on the current platform. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported:Microsoft Excel: .xlsx, xlsm, .xltx, .xltm, .xls, .xlt, .xlsbOpenDocument Spreadsheet: .ods, .otsCharacter Separated Values: .csv, .tsvHyperText Markup Language: .htm, .html, .mht, .mhtmlPortable Document Format: .pdfXML Paper Specification: .xpsImage: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves the spreadsheet to a file with the specified path.

The path to which to save the spreadsheet. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Saves the spreadsheet to the specified stream.

The stream to which to save the spreadsheet. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Save the spreadsheet to CSV format using the specified writer.

The writer which is used to save the spreadsheet. The CSV saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Save the spreadsheet to HTML format using the specified writer.

The writer which is used to save the spreadsheet. The HTML saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation.

Saves the spreadsheet to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the spreadsheet to a client browser. File format is resolved from extension. See remarks why parameter is of type .

System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object. File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file. If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead. Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page). This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework. HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes. For supported file extensions, see remarks for method. Export Excel file with ASP.NET

Saves the spreadsheet to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the spreadsheet to a client browser. File format is defined with parameter. See remarks why parameter is of type .

System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object. File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page). This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework. HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes. Export Excel file with ASP.NET

Converts this instance to an instance.

The options used when converting to XML Paper Specification (XPS) document. A New instance created from this instance.

Converts single page specified in of this instance to an instance.

The options used when converting a single spreadsheet's page to an image. A new instance created from a single spreadsheet's page specified in .

Prints the document to the default printer.

Print Excel in C# and VB.NET

Prints the document to the specified printer.

Printer name. Print Excel in C# and VB.NET

Prints the document to the specified printer according to specified options.

Printer name. Print options. Print Excel in C# and VB.NET

Gets the workbook paginator.

The workbook paginator.

Gets the workbook paginator based on the specified .

The paginator options used to specify which parts of the workbook to paginate. The workbook paginator.

Maximum number of columns in .

If you read/write XLS files, you are also limited by ExcelFile.MaxXlsColumns.

Maximum number of rows in .

If you read/write XLS files, you are also limited by ExcelFile.MaxXlsRows.

Maximum number of user-defined cell styles in XLS (BIFF8) file.

Maximum number of colors in XLS (BIFF8) file.

This number includes 8 default colors: Color.Black, Color.White, Color.Red, Color.Green, Color.Blue, Color.Yellow, Color.Magenta and Color.Cyan.

Maximum number of columns in XLS (BIFF8) file.

Maximum number of rows in XLS (BIFF8) file.

Gets or sets whether SaveCsv() methods will allow newline in quotes.

Default value for this property is . If this property is , newline in quoted value will be threated as part of that value. If this property is , newline in quoted value will be threated as the beginning of the new row.

Gets or sets whether SaveCsv() methods will always put values in quotes.

Default value for this property is . All values (including numbers) in CSV files are stored as text. If this property is , any of overloads will always put values in quotes. If this property is , only values that contain special characters (quotes or CSV separator) will be quoted.

Gets or sets whether LoadCsv() methods will try to convert text values to numbers.

Default value for this property is . All values (including numbers) in CSV files are stored as text. By default, any of overloads will try to parse text values as numbers and if successful cell will be filled with value. If you don't want such behavior (for example, you want IDs like "00935" to remain strings), set this property to .

Fired for unexpected situations when reading or writing XLS / CSV files.

Occurs when the size of XLS / CSV file in reading / writing is near GemBox.Spreadsheet free limit.

This event is fired when 80% of maximum row count per worksheet is reached (150 * 0.8 = 120 rows) or when 5 worksheets are used. This event is not fired if event is fired. You can use this event to detect when your application is close to GemBox.Spreadsheet free limit. For example, you can write number of used rows to a log file or send a notification e-mail.

Occurs when the size of XLS / CSV file in reading / writing is above GemBox.Spreadsheet free limit.

This event is fired when maximum row count per worksheet is reached (150 rows) or when more than 5 worksheets are used. You can use this event to notify a user of your application that data is only partially read / written.

Gets or sets name of the default font used in the workbook.

Default value for this property is "Calibri".

Gets or sets default font size.

Unit is twip (1/20th of a point). Default value of this property is 220.

Delays formula parsing until one of SaveXls methods is called.

Old XLS format requires all formulas to be parsed and saved to XLS files as special tokens in RPN (Reverse Polish notation). GemBox.Spreadsheet only knows how to parse limited set of formulas listed at ExcelCell.Formula page. Only listed formulas can be saved to XLS file. New XLSX (Open XML) format stores formulas as strings and leaves formula parsing to applications that read XLSX documents. Therefore, ALL formulas are supported when writing/reading XLSX files. If this property is true, each set of ExcelCell.Formula property will just store formula string. When one of ExcelFile.SaveXls methods is called formulas are parsed and exception is thrown if formula is not supported or in bad format. When XLSX is saved, formulas are not parsed, they are just saved as strings. If the formula is in bad format, MS Excel or other application will report an error in formula. If this property is false, formula string is parsed every time you set ExcelCell.Formula property. You will limit formulas to the ones supported by GemBox.Spreadsheet parser and the exception will be thrown immediately if the formula is not supported or in bad format. Default value of this property is .

Gets or sets the resolution method.

Because of limitations of Microsoft Excel file format, every cell must be written to file with resolved . In the case where a cell doesn't have specific property set on its and that property is set on both row and column that contain that cell, a cell will inherit property value from row or column , depending on the resolution method. Default value for this property is .

Closes preserved XLSX file handle if needed (XlsxOptions.PreserveKeepOpen was used with ExcelFile.LoadXlsx(string,XlsxOptions) method). (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Loads the existing CSV file or stream.

Loads the existing stream with specified CSV format.

Input stream. CSV type. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing stream, using specified character as a delimiter.

Input stream. Separator used for delimiting data values. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all data using specified StreamReader and CSV Type.

Use this overload if you want to use a StreamReader with non-default encoding. Stream reader. CSV type. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all data using specified StreamReader and character delimiter.

Use this overload if you want to use a StreamReader with non-default encoding. Stream reader. Separator used for delimiting data values. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing file with specified CSV format.

Existing CSV file name (opened for reading). CSV type. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing file, using specified character as a delimiter.

File name. Separator used for delimiting data values. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing ODS file from the input stream.

Input stream (opened for reading). ODS options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET Loads the existing ODS file.

Loads the existing ODS file.

Existing ODS file name. ODS options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all parts of ODS file as separate files from input directory.

Path of input directory. ODS options. You need to use external ZIP library to extract all parts from ODS file. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all parts of ODS file as separate files from input directory.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. The ODS loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation. A loaded ODS spreadsheet. You need to use external ZIP library to extract all parts from ODS file. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing XLS file from the input stream (preserving MS Excel records).

Input stream. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing XLS file from the input stream (optionally preserving MS Excel records).

If the only purpose of loading the file is to read data values and formatting using GemBox.Spreadsheet API, you should use set to XlsOptions.None as this will speed up the loading process. If you load the existing file to use it as template for a new file, you can choose whether you want to preserve specific MS Excel records not recognized by GemBox.Spreadsheet API. Input stream. XLS options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET Loads the existing XLS file or stream.

Loads the existing XLS file (preserving MS Excel records).

Existing XLS file name (opened for reading). Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing XLS file (optionally preserving MS Excel records).

If the only purpose of loading the file is to read data values and formatting using GemBox.Spreadsheet API, you should use set to XlsOptions.None as this will speed up the loading process. If you load the existing file to use it as template for a new file, you can choose whether you want to preserve specific MS Excel records not recognized by GemBox.Spreadsheet API. Existing XLS file name (opened for reading). XLS options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads the existing XLSX file from the input stream. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Input stream. XLSX options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET Loads the existing XLSX file or stream. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Loads the existing XLSX file. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Existing XLSX file name (opened for reading). XLSX options. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all parts of XLSX file as separate files from input directory.

Path of input directory. XLS options. You need to use external ZIP library to extract all parts from XLSX file. XlsxOptions.PreserveMakeCopy option does not work with LoadXlsxFromDirectory method. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Loads all parts of XLSX file as separate files from input directory.

The path from which to load a spreadsheet. The XLSX loading options which can be used to define settings for load operation. A loaded XLSX spreadsheet. You need to use external ZIP library to extract all parts from XLSX file. XlsxOptions.PreserveMakeCopy option does not work with this method. Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET Saves all data to a new file or stream in CSV format.

Saves all data to a stream in a specified CSV format.

Output stream. CSV type. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to a stream, using specified character as a delimiter.

Output stream. Separator used for delimiting data values. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data using specified TextWriter and CSV Type.

Use this overload if you want to use a TextWriter with non-default encoding. Note that .NET Framework adds byte order mark (BOM) to files with non-default encoding. MS Excel and other programs may fail to recognize CSV files with non-default encoding. Text writer. CSV type. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data using specified TextWriter and character delimiter.

Use this overload if you want to use a TextWriter with non-default encoding. Note that .NET Framework adds byte order mark (BOM) to files with non-default encoding. MS Excel and other programs may fail to recognize CSV files with non-default encoding. Text writer. Separator used for delimiting data values. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to a new file in a specified CSV format.

File name. CSV type. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to a new file, using specified character as a delimiter.

File name. Separator used for delimiting data values. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to an output stream in ODF format.

Output stream. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Saves all data to a new file in ODF format.

Saves all data to a new file in ODF format.

File name. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all parts of ODS file as separate files to output directory.

You need to use external ZIP library to package all created files to ODS file. When using external ZIP library to package all created files to ODS file, only the contents of the directory should be zipped and not the directory itself. Path of output directory. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all parts of ODS file as separate files to output directory.

Path of output directory. Advanced save options. You need to use external ZIP library to package all created files to ODS file. When using external ZIP library to package all created files to ODS file, only the contents of the directory should be zipped and not the directory itself. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves the to a System.Web.HttpResponse output stream and sets appropriate HTTP response headers. Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the document to a client browser. File format is resolved from parameter or parameter file extension as described in remarks. See remarks why parameter is of type .

HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes. File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. This method accepts rather than HttpResponse because otherwise GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly would have a dependency on System.Web assembly and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework. HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes. File format in which will be saved depends on the type of the first item in array as follows: if array first item is of type , will be saved in Microsoft Excel 2007 format, otherwise if array first item is of type or , will be saved in Character separated value format, otherwise if array first item is of type , will be saved in HyperText Markup Language format, otherwise, file format in which is saved is resolved based on parameter file extension. Following file extensions are supported: Microsoft Excel 2007 formats: .xlsx, .xlsm, .xltm, .xltx Microsoft Excel 97-2003 formats: .xls, .xlt Character separated value formats: .csv, .tsv OpenDocument Spreadsheet formats: .ods, .ots HyperText Markup Language formats: .htm, .html

Saves all data to an output stream in XLS format.

Output stream. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Saves all data to a file or stream in XLS format.

Saves all data to a new file in XLS format.

File name. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to an output stream in XLSX format. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Output stream. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to an output stream in XLSX format. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Output stream. Advanced save options. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Saves all data to a file or stream in XLSX format. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

Saves all data to a new file in XLSX format. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

File name. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all data to a new file in XLSX format. (.NET 3.0 and greater only)

File name. Advanced save options. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all parts of XLSX file as separate files to output directory.

You need to use external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file. When using external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file, only the contents of the directory should be zipped and not the directory itself. Path of output directory. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Saves all parts of XLSX file as separate files to output directory.

Path of output directory. Advanced save options. You need to use external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file. When using external ZIP library to package all created files to XLSX file, only the contents of the directory should be zipped and not the directory itself. Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Represents a workbook page.

Gets the page width in s.

The page width in s.

Gets the page height in s.

The page height in s.

Gets the content of the page.

The content of the page.

Saves the workbook page in the specified stream.

The stream in which to save the workbook page. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the workbook page to a file with the specified path.

The path to which to save the workbook page. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the workbook page to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.

The path to which to save the workbook page. If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported:Portable Document Format: .pdfXML Paper Specification: .xpsImage: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp

Provides functionality to paginate the workbook content.

Gets the workbook pages.

The workbook pages.

Saves the paginated workbook to the specified stream.

The stream in which to save the paginated workbook. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the paginated workbook to a file with the specified path.

The path to which to save the paginated workbook. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the paginated workbook to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.

The path to which to save the paginated workbook. If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported: Portable Document Format: .pdf XML Paper Specification: .xps Image: .bmp, .gif, .jpg, .jpeg, .png, .tif, .tiff, .wdp

Converts this instance to an instance.

The options used when converting to XML Paper Specification (XPS) document. A new instance created from this instance. Export Excel to XpsDocument in WPF

Converts single page specified in of this instance to an instance.

The options used when converting a single workbook's page to an image. A new instance created from a single workbook's page specified in . Export Excel in WPF

Prints the paginated workbook to the default printer.

Print Excel files in C# and VB.NET

Prints the paginated workbook to the specified printer.

Printer name. Print Excel files in C# and VB.NET

Prints the paginated workbook to the specified printer according to specified options.

Printer name. Print options. Print Excel files in C# and VB.NET

Represents a collection of application-specific instances.

Adds a to the store.

The key URI of the to add to the store. The to add to the store.

Returns the with a specified URI from the store.

The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the to return. The with a specified ; or null, if an with the specified is not in the store.

Removes the with a specified URI from the store.

The uniform resource identifier (URI) of the to remove.

Represents cell fill (background) formatting which can be either pattern or gradient.

Gets or sets the pattern fill style. Default value is . Currently supported only in XLSX, XLSB and XLS. For all other formats it defaults to either or . If set value is not , then and/or should also be set.

The pattern fill style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the pattern fill foreground color. Default value is color created from name .

The pattern fill foreground color. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the pattern fill background color. Default value is color created from name .

The pattern fill background color. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the shading style of the gradient fill effect, if there is any gradient fill effect applied. Default value is . Gradient fill is currently supported in XLSX, XLSB and partially in rendering formats (PDF, XPS, and image formats).

The shading style of the gradient fill effect, if there is any gradient fill effect applied. Value cannot be set to . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the first color of the gradient fill effect. Default value is color created from name . Gradient fill is currently supported in XLSX, XLSB and partially in rendering formats (PDF, XPS, and image formats).

The first color of the gradient fill effect. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the second color of the gradient fill effect. Default value is color created from name . Gradient fill is currently supported in XLSX, XLSB and partially in rendering formats (PDF, XPS, and image formats).

The second color of the gradient fill effect. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Sets the solid pattern fill with the specified fill color. Sets to and to .

Foreground color of the solid pattern fill. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Sets the pattern fill.

The pattern style. Foreground color of the pattern fill. Background color of the pattern fill. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Sets the gradient fill effect.

The shading style of the gradient fill effect. The first color of the gradient fill effect. The second color of the gradient fill effect. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a typeface (for example, Calibri), along with its attributes (size, font style, underlining, color, and effects).

Minimum font weight.

Normal font weight.

Default bold font weight.

Maximum font weight.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the face name of this font. Default value is Calibri.

The face name of this font. Value cannot be null or empty. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the font weight (font boldness). Value must be between and . For standard boldness, use . Default value is .

The font weight (font boldness). Value must be between and . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to display characters in italic font style. Default value is .

to display characters in italic font style; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the size of the text in twips (1/20th of a point). Default value is 11 * 20 = 220.

The size of the text. Value must be positive. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the color of the text. Default value is color created from name .

The color of the text. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the underline formatting of the text. Default value is .

The underline formatting of the text. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to draw a strike-through line through the horizontal middle of the text. Default value is .

to draw a strike-through line through the horizontal middle of the text; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the vertical position of the text relative to the text's default appearance. Default value is .

The vertical position of the text relative to the text's default appearance. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a drawing that groups other drawings.

Gets the group shape pictures.

The group shape pictures. Supported picture formats are listed in .

Gets the group shape charts. Not supported in XLS.

The group shape charts.

Gets the group shape shapes.

The group shape shapes.

Gets the group shape sub groups.

The group shape sub groups.

Gets the group shape form controls.

The group shape form controls.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing horizontally - reflect it across a vertical line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

to flip the drawing horizontally; otherwise, . This property is supported only when loading and saving to XLSX and XLSB file format. When set to a value different than the current , MS Excel automatically inverts the to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>). To follow the MS Excel's behavior, you should do the same.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing vertically - reflect it across a horizontal line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

Gets or sets the amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box.

The amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box. This property is supported only when loading and saving to XLSX and XLSB file format.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Represents a collection of Group Shapes in the worksheet or group.

ExcelWorksheet.GroupShapes ExcelGroupShape.GroupShapes

Adds a new group shape to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The distance of the left edge of the group shape from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the group shape from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The group shape's width. The group shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group shape added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new group shape to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The group shape's position. The group shape's width. The group shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group shape added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new group shape to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The group shape's position (for example, "A1"). The group shape's width. The group shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new group shape added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new group shape to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The group shape's position (top-left corner). The group shape's end position (bottom-right corner). A new group shape added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new group shape to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The group shape's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The group shape's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new group shape added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Represents an enumeration of possible sources of various objects (such as pictures, audio and other files) that can be either embedded, linked or both.

Object is embedded in the file in which instance is saved.

Object is linked to the file in which instance is saved.

Object is embedded and linked to the file in which instance is saved.

Represents a picture in the worksheet.

ExcelWorksheet.Pictures

Gets the picture stream.

The picture stream.

Gets the picture format.

The picture format.

Gets or sets the transparent color in the image. By default, no transparent color is set.

The transparent color in the image.

Gets or sets the formula used by the camera tool to fill this picture.

The formula used by the camera tool to fill this picture. The camera tool is active when this property is not null or empty. The formula will always be resolved to a cell range.
This property is not supported in XLS file format. CalculateCameraRange

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing horizontally - reflect it across a vertical line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

to flip the drawing horizontally; otherwise, . This property is not supported in XLS file format. When set to a value different than the current , MS Excel automatically inverts the to 360° - (normalized to the interval [0°, 360°>). To follow the MS Excel's behavior, you should do the same.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing vertically - reflect it across a horizontal line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

Gets or sets the amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box.

The amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box. This property is not supported in XLS file format.

Gets or sets the transparency of the picture. Possible values range from 0 (full transparency) to 1 (no transparency). The default value is 1 (no transparency).

The transparency of the picture.

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Converts this instance to a new instance.

A new instance created from this instance.

Removes this instance from the worksheet.

Updates this instance to reproduce the current content at the range specified in the property.

Brings the picture to the front of the drawings.

Moves the picture one position forward in the drawings.

The index of the picture in the will not be updated if the drawing in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Sends the picture to the back of the drawings.

Moves the picture one position backward in the drawings.

The index of the picture in the will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the picture forward or backward in the drawings with the given relative index.

The relative index for the picture to update. Negative to move backward and positive to move forward.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

This property is obsolete. Use method instead. Gets the picture as .

This property is obsolete. Use property and its property instead. Gets or sets the bottom right anchor cell for the picture.

This property is obsolete. Use property and its , , and methods instead. Gets the image bounding rectangle.

This property is obsolete. Use property instead. Gets the image stream.

This property is obsolete. Use property and its property instead. Gets or sets the positioning options of the picture.

This property is obsolete. Use property and its property instead. Gets or sets the top left anchor cell for the picture.

Represents a collection of pictures in the worksheet or group.

ExcelWorksheet.Pictures ExcelGroupShape.Pictures

Adds a new picture to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The picture's stream. The picture's format. The distance of the left edge of the picture from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the picture from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be .

Adds a new picture to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The distance of the left edge of the picture from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the picture from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The distance of the left edge of the picture from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the picture from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. Picture size will be determined by decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The distance of the left edge of the picture from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the picture from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. Picture size will be determined by decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The distance of the left edge of the picture from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the picture from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's stream. The picture's format. The picture's position. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be .

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's stream. The picture's format. The picture's position (for example, "A1"). The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be .

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position. The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (for example, "A1"). The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (for example, "A1"). The picture's width. The picture's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. Picture size will be determined by decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. Picture size will be determined by decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position. the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. Picture size will be determined by using decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (for example, "A1"). A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. Picture size will be determined by decoding the image data.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (for example, "A1"). the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown. This method decodes image data to determine picture's size.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's stream. The picture's format. The picture's position (top-left corner). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner). A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be .

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's stream. The picture's format. The picture's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be .

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (top-left corner). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner). A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (top-left corner). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner). the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

Adds a new picture to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The picture's path or formula to be used in the camera tool. The picture's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The picture's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). the picture's embedding or linking setting. A new picture added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells. . of a newly added picture will be . The parameter must contain the supported extension (for example, ".png") when used as the path, or must start with '=' when used as the camera range formula, otherwise an exception is thrown.

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Adds the image with defined anchor properties.

Stream of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Bottom right anchor cell. Picture format. Newly created . If column or row offset is greater then that row height or that column width, excel will show image as that offset is set to 0.

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Parameters width and height can, for example, be retrieved by using Image.FromStream(Stream) method and Image.Size property. Note that image instance must be disposed. Adds the image by using defined top left anchor property and default width/height.

Stream of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Picture format. Newly created .

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Adds the image from specified fileName by using defined top left anchor property and defined width and height.

Stream of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Image width (in pixels). Image height (in pixels). Picture format. Newly created .

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Adds the image from specified fileName by using defined top left anchor property and default width/height.

File name of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Newly created .

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Adds the image from specified fileName with defined anchor properties.

File name of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Bottom right anchor cell. Newly created . If column or row offset is greater then that row height or that column width, excel will show image as that offset is set to 0.

This method is obsolete. Use method and and properties instead. Adds the image from specified fileName by using defined top left anchor property and defined width and height.

File name of the image to be added. Positioning mode of the image. Top left anchor cell. Image width (in pixels). Image height (in pixels). Newly created .

Represents effects that can be applied to the picture content.

Gets or sets the transparency of the picture. Possible values range from 0 (full transparency) to 1 (no transparency). The default value is 1 (no transparency).

The transparency of the picture.

Picture formats.

In xls, only , and formats are supported.

Jpeg picture format.

Png picture format.

Tiff picture format.

Gif picture format.

Emf picture format.

Wmf picture format.

Bmp picture format.

Exif picture format.

Ico picture format.

Svg picture format.

Stores MS Excel print and print related options.

for printing sheet vertical centered, otherwise.

Default value for this property is .

for printing sheet horizontal centered, otherwise.

Default value for this property is .

for print headings, otherwise.

Default value for this property is .

for printing gridlines, otherwise.

Default value for this property is .

for printing pages in rows, otherwise.

Default value for this property is . This member is supported in printing. GemBox.Spreadsheet uses enhanced printing services provided with Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF). All pages of a specific will be printed with settings from of that worksheet. Internally, WPF printing uses PrintTicket class to specify page printing settings and value of this member is applied to appropriate member of PrintTicket instance which is used to print all pages of a worksheet with this print options member. PrintTicket instance which is used to print every page of a worksheet is constructed in following order: Based on stream specified in constructor (base print ticket). Appropriate base print ticket members are set based on instance members values. Base print ticket is cloned for each worksheet, clone's appropriate members are set based on instance of that worksheet and clone is used to print all pages of that worksheet. Printing settings which do not exist in nor in can be specified on base print ticket (which stream is passed to constructor).

for printing in black and white, otherwise.

Default value for this property is . This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This member is supported in printing. GemBox.Spreadsheet uses enhanced printing services provided with Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF). All pages of a specific will be printed with settings from of that worksheet. Internally, WPF printing uses PrintTicket class to specify page printing settings and value of this member is applied to appropriate member of PrintTicket instance which is used to print all pages of a worksheet with this print options member. PrintTicket instance which is used to print every page of a worksheet is constructed in following order: Based on stream specified in constructor (base print ticket). Appropriate base print ticket members are set based on instance members values. Base print ticket is cloned for each worksheet, clone's appropriate members are set based on instance of that worksheet and clone is used to print all pages of that worksheet. Printing settings which do not exist in nor in can be specified on base print ticket (which stream is passed to constructor).

for printing in draft quality, otherwise.

for printing cell notes, otherwise.

Default value for this property is . This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

for using start page number, otherwise.

Default value for this property is .

for printing notes at end of sheet, otherwise.

Default value for this property is . This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

Header margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.3.

Footer margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.3.

Top margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.75.

Bottom margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.75.

Left margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.7.

Right margin (in inches).

Default value for this property is 0.7.

for using and , otherwise.

This property determines whether or and will be used in printing. Default value for this property is .

Scaling factor for automatic page breaks.

Unit is one percent. Value must be between 10 and 400. Default value for this property is 100. MS Excel inserts automatic page breaks depending on this scaling factor. Smaller it gets, bigger will be the distance between the two automatic page breaks. If you set this property, will automatically be set to . Value is out of 10 to 400 range.

Gets the width of the page (in inches).

The width of the page. If the is PaperType.Custom, this will return page width from printer settings.

Gets the height of the page (in inches).

The height of the page. If the is PaperType.Custom, this will return page height from printer settings.

Sets the page size to the given width and height (in inches).

The width of the page. The height of the page. Custom page size is not supported in XLSX file format.

Gets or sets the type of the paper for the page.

Start page number.

Default value for this property is 1.

Fit worksheet width to this number of pages (0 = use as many as needed).

Default value for this property is 0. If you set this property, will automatically be set to .

Fit worksheet height to this number of pages (0 = use as many as needed).

Default value for this property is 0. If you set this property, will automatically be set to .

for portrait orientation, for landscape orientation.

Print resolution in DPI (dots per inch).

Default value for this property is 0. This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats. This member is supported in printing. GemBox.Spreadsheet uses enhanced printing services provided with Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF). All pages of a specific will be printed with settings from of that worksheet. Internally, WPF printing uses PrintTicket class to specify page printing settings and value of this member is applied to appropriate member of PrintTicket instance which is used to print all pages of a worksheet with this print options member. PrintTicket instance which is used to print every page of a worksheet is constructed in following order: Based on stream specified in constructor (base print ticket). Appropriate base print ticket members are set based on instance members values. Base print ticket is cloned for each worksheet, clone's appropriate members are set based on instance of that worksheet and clone is used to print all pages of that worksheet. Printing settings which do not exist in nor in can be specified on base print ticket (which stream is passed to constructor).

Vertical print resolution in DPI (dots per inch).

Number of copies to print.

Default value for this property is 1. This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

Sets the printer settings by using a printer name and an XML stream (that contains a document) that complies with the XML Print Schema.

Name of the printer. An XML stream that describes a print job and conforms to the Print Schema. Print Schema

Sets the printer settings by using a handle to a DEVMODE structure that corresponds to the printer settings.

A handle to a DEVMODE structure obtained from System.Drawing.Printing.PrinterSettings.GetHdevmode method. Handle is automatically deallocated by calling the native Win32 GlobalFree method before this method ends. System.Drawing.Printing.PrinterSettings System.Drawing.Printing.PrinterSettings.GetHdevmode DEVMODE structure

Sets the printer settings by using a byte array that contains the DEVMODE structure that corresponds to the printer settings.

A byte array that contains the DEVMODE structure. DEVMODE structure How can I save and restore PrinterSettings?

Returns the hash code of this object.

Hash code.

Determines whether the specified is equal to the current .

Object of type. if the specified is equal to the current ; otherwise, .

MS Excel specific paper size / type index.

Default value for this property is 0. Following table shows possible values:

Index	Paper type	Paper size
0	Undefined
1	Letter	8.5in × 11in
2	Letter small paper	8.5in × 11in
3	Tabloid paper	11 in × 17in
4	Ledger paper	17 in × 11in
5	Legal paper	8.5in × 14in
6	Statement paper	5.5in × 8.5in
7	Executive paper	7.25in × 10.5in
8	A3	297mm × 420mm
9	A4	210mm × 297mm
10	A4 small paper	210mm × 297mm
11	A5	148mm × 210mm
12	B4	250mm × 353mm
13	B5	176mm × 250mm
14	Folio paper	8.5in × 13in
15	Quarto paper	215mm × 275mm
16	Standard paper	10in × 14in
17	Standard paper	11in × 17in
18	Note paper	8.5in × 11in
19	#9 envelope	3.875in × 8.875in
20	#10 envelope	4.125in * 9.5in
21	#11 envelope	4.5in * 10.375in
22	#12 envelope	4.75in * 11in
23	#14 envelope	5in * 11.5in
24	C paper	17in * 22in
25	D paper	22in * 34in
26	E paper	34in * 44in
27	DL envelope	110mm × 220mm
28	C5 envelope	162mm × 229mm
29	C3 envelope	324mm × 458mm
31	C6 envelope	114mm × 162mm
32	C65 envelope	114mm × 229mm
33	B4 envelope	250mm × 353mm
34	B5 envelope	176mm × 250mm
35	B6 envelope	176mm × 125mm
36	Italy envelope	110mm × 230mm
37	Monarch envelope	3.875in × 7.5in
38	6 3/4 envelope	3.625in * 6.5in
39	US standard fanfold	14.875in × 11in
40	German standard fanfold	8.5in × 12in
41	German legal fanfold	8.5in * 13in
42	ISO B4	250mm * 353mm
43	Japanese double postcard	200mm * 148mm
44	Standard paper	9in * 11in
45	Standard paper	10in * 11in
46	Standard paper	15in * 11in
47	Invite envelope	220mm * 220mm
50	Letter extra paper	9.275in * 12in
51	Legal extra paper	9.275in * 15in
52	Tabloid extra paper	11.69in * 18in
53	A4 extra paper	236mm * 322mm
54	Letter transverse paper	8.275in * 11in
55	A4 transverse paper	210mm * 297mm
56	Letter extra transverse paper	9.275in * 12in
57	SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper	227mm * 356mm
58	SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper	305mm * 487mm
59	Letter plus paper	8.5in * 12.69in
60	A4 plus paper	210mm * 330mm
61	A5 transverse paper	148mm * 210mm
62	JIS B5 transverse paper	182mm * 257mm
63	A3 extra paper	322mm * 445mm
64	A5 extra paper	174mm * 235mm
65	ISO B5 extra paper	201mm * 276mm
66	A2 paper	420mm * 594mm
67	A3 transverse paper	297mm * 420mm
68	A3 extra transverse paper	322mm * 445mm

Excel row contains row options and cell range with row cells.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets only currently allocated cells for this row.

Use this collection if you are reading entire Excel file (you don't know exact position of cells with data). If writing values, using property is recommended. This collection contains only allocated cells so it is faster as you avoid checking every single cell in a row. You still need to check if a specific cell contains any value (it can be empty).

Gets or sets row height.

Unit is twip (1/20th of a point).

Gets a value indicating whether this row height is automatically fitted.

if this instance is automatically fitted; otherwise, .

Gets the height of row in arbitrary length unit.

The length unit in which to return row height. The height of row in arbitrary length unit.

Sets the height of row in arbitrary length unit.

Row height value. The length unit in which is specified.

Automatically fits row height to the minimum size required for all lines in the row cells to be visible.

Auto-fit row height is a MS Excel feature and not a file format feature. When rows are auto-fit in MS Excel user interface, MS Excel will calculate current character heights and set row height to the new numeric value. This method will set to the approximate value (maxLinesCount * 255). This method doesn't take into account merged ranges when calculating the height. To take into account also merged ranges, use the method.

Automatically fits row height to the minimum size required for all lines in the row cells to be visible.

True if merged ranges should be taken into account. Auto-fit row height is a MS Excel feature and not a file format feature. When rows are auto-fit in MS Excel user interface, MS Excel will calculate current character heights and set row height to the new numeric value. This method will set to the approximate value (maxLinesCount * 255).

Deletes this row from the worksheet.

Inserts specified number of copied rows before the current row.

Number of rows to insert. Source row to copy.

Inserts specified number of empty rows before the current row.

Number of rows to insert.

Collection of excel rows ().

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the row with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row.

Removes the row with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row.

Removes specified number of rows starting at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row. Number of rows to remove.

Inserts empty row at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row.

Inserts specified number of empty rows at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row. Number of rows to insert.

Inserts copied row at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row. Source row to copy.

Inserts specified number of copied rows at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row. Number of rows to insert. Source row to copy.

Converts row name ("1", "2", ...) to row index (0, 1, ...).

Row name. Row index for the specified name.

Converts row index (0, 1, ...) to row name ("1", "2", ...).

Row index. Row name for the specified index.

Base class for row, column and cell collections.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the number of currently allocated elements (dynamically changes when worksheet is modified -- read remarks).

Returns an enumerator for the .

An enumerator for the .

Base class for row and column collections.

Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Generic base class for row and column collections.

Type of the items in the collection, either or . Gets the row / column with the specified index or name.

Gets the row / column with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the row / column. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the row / column with the specified name.

The name of the row / column. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets the number of currently allocated elements (dynamically changes when worksheet is modified -- read remarks).

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.

An that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Represents a drawing that has a specific shape / geometry.

Gets or sets the type of the shape (geometry).

The type of the shape (geometry).

Gets the shape's adjust values.

The shape's adjust values. Adjust value is a varying parameter used in calculation of shape's geometry which is specified using Drawing ML. Each defines its own set of adjust values (and some/most do not have any).

Gets or sets the fill formatting options.

The fill formatting options.

Gets or sets the outline formatting options.

The outline formatting options.

Gets the text content and formatting associated with this .

The text content and formatting associated with this .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing horizontally - reflect it across a vertical line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to flip the drawing vertically - reflect it across a horizontal line that intersects the center of the drawing's bounding box.

Gets or sets the amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box.

The amount (in degrees) by which the drawing is rotated clockwise about the center of the drawing's bounding box. This property is supported only when loading and saving to XLSX and XLSB file format.

Brings the shape to the front of the drawings.

Moves the shape one position forward in the drawings.

The index of the shape in the collection will not be updated if the drawing in front is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Sends the shape to the back of the drawings.

Moves the shape one position backward in the drawings.

The index of the shape in the collection will not be updated if the item behind is a different type. But it will still update the position.

Moves the shape forward or backward in the drawings with the given relative index.

The relative index for the shape to update. Negative to move backward and positive to move forward.

Represents a collection of Shapes in the worksheet or group.

ExcelWorksheet.Shapes ExcelGroupShape.Shapes

Adds a new shape to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

The type of the shape. The distance of the left edge of the shape from the left edge of the worksheet or group. The distance of the top edge of the shape from the top edge of the worksheet or group. The shape's width. The shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new shape added to the collection which doesn't move nor sizes with cells.

Adds a new shape to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the shape. The shape's position. The shape's width. The shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new shape added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new shape to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

The type of the shape. The shape's position (for example, "A1"). The shape's width. The shape's height. The length unit in which all length parameters are specified. A new shape added to the collection which moves but doesn't size with cells.

Adds a new shape to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the shape. The shape's position (top-left corner). The shape's end position (bottom-right corner). A new shape added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Adds a new shape to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

The type of the shape. The shape's position (top-left corner) (for example, "A1"). The shape's end position (bottom-right corner) (for example, "B2"). A new shape added to the collection which moves and sizes with cells.

Stores MS Excel display and view related options.

Gets or sets the DPI (dots or pixels per inch) at which the workbook should be rendered.

The DPI at which the workbook should be rendered. The also affects how is converted from and to other s. The should be updated whenever the DPI changes for a Per Monitor DPI Aware application.

Index of the first visible row in the worksheet.

Default value for this property is 0.

Index of the first visible column in the worksheet.

Default value for this property is 0.

Gets and sets the view type.

Default value for this property is ViewType.Normal. is supported only for XLSX and XLSB files.

Gets or sets whether outline row buttons are displayed below groups.

This property is simply written to Excel file and has no effect on behavior of this library. For more information on worksheet protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation. ExcelWorksheet.OutlineColumnButtonsRight

Gets or sets whether outline column buttons are displayed on the right side of groups.

If true, MS Excel shows formulas. Otherwise, formula results are shown.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows grid lines.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows row and column headers.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows zero values. Otherwise, zero values are shown as empty cells.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows columns from right to left.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows outline symbols.

Default value for this property is .

If true, MS Excel shows worksheet in page break preview. Otherwise, normal view is used.

Default value for this property is . This value is supported only for XLSX and XLSB files.

Magnification factor in normal view.

Unit is one percent. Value must be between 10 and 400. Default value for this property is 100. Value is out of 10 to 400 range.

Magnification factor in page break view.

Unit is one percent. Value must be between 10 and 400. Default value for this property is 60. Value is out of 10 to 400 range.

This property is obsolete. Use property instead. Gets or sets the selected cells.

The selected cells.

Excel worksheet is a table with additional properties, identified by a unique name.

Worksheet in Microsoft Excel has limited size. Number of rows () is limited to ExcelFile.MaxRows. Number of columns () is limited to ExcelFile.MaxColumns. A specific cell () can be accessed either trough ExcelRow.Cells, ExcelColumn.Cells or ExcelWorksheet.Cells property. Whichever property used, there are two distinct methods of getting a cell reference; using name and using index. For example, full name of cell in top left corner of a worksheet is "A1". Translated to indexes, same cell would be 0,0 (zero row and zero column). If using ExcelRow.Cells or ExcelColumn.Cells to access a specific cell, only partial name or partial index must be used, providing unknown column or row information. Note that the cells are internally allocated in rows and not in columns. ExcelColumn objects are created only if they have non-standard width or style, or they are accessed directly. So, while ExcelRowCollection.Count shows number of rows occupied with data, ExcelColumnCollection.Count does not say which Column is the last one occupied with data! If you want to read all data in a sheet, use ExcelRow.AllocatedCells property. If you want to find last column occupied with data, use method. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets worksheet type.

The worksheet type.

Gets worksheet zero-based index.

Gets the worksheet pictures.

The worksheet pictures. Supported picture formats are listed in .

Gets the worksheet charts. Not supported in XLS.

The worksheet charts.

Gets the worksheet shapes.

The worksheet shapes.

Gets the worksheet group shapes.

The worksheet group shapes.

Gets the worksheet form controls.

The worksheet form controls.

Gets the worksheet embedded objects. Supported only in XLSX.

The worksheet embedded objects.

Gets the worksheet background picture stream.

The worksheet background picture stream.

Gets the worksheet background picture format.

The worksheet background picture format.

Gets the collection that expresses all data validation information for cells in a sheet which have data validation features applied.

Gets containing descriptive names which are used to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas, or constant values.

You can use the labels of columns and rows on a worksheet to refer to the cells within those columns and rows. Or you can create descriptive names to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas, or constant values. Labels can be used in formulas that refer to data on the same worksheet; if you want to represent a range on another worksheet, use a name. You can also create 3-D names that represent the same cell or range of cells across multiple worksheets. ExcelCell.Formula

Gets hyperlinks in this sheet.

Gets comments in this sheet.

Gets or sets worksheet name.

If not unique (worksheet with that name already exists in ExcelFile.Worksheets collection) exception is thrown. Worksheet name is not unique.

Gets collection of all rows () in the worksheet.

Gets collection of all columns () in the worksheet.

Gets all the cells in the sheet.

All the cells in the sheet. Referencing ExcelCell and CellRange in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the active . Returns if no is active. is used to store sort settings and to apply sort on a range of cells. Active is loaded from and saved to XLSX file.

The active or if no is active. Sort range doesn't belong to this worksheet. Use method to create or get a instance. Excel Sorting example

Gets or sets the active . Returns if no is active. is used to store filter settings and to apply filter on a range of cells. Active is loaded from and saved to XLSX file.

The active or if no is active. Filter range doesn't belong to this worksheet. Use methods to create or get an instance. Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets the conditional formatting rules applied on cell ranges of this sheet. Currently supported in XLS and XLS only.

The conditional formatting rules applied on cell ranges of this sheet. Excel Conditional Formatting example

Gets the ignored errors applied on cell ranges of this sheet.

The ignored errors applied on cell ranges of this sheet. A cell is considered to have an error condition when it meets one of the conditions specified in the member. For example, if a cell is formatted as text but contains a numeric value, this is considered to be a potential error because the number won't be treated as a number, for example, in calculations. Note that this is simply a guess by the implementing application, and a recommendation to the user. Cells with the errors specified in may have perfectly valid reasons for being in such a state, for example a cell formatted as text which contains numeric Postal Codes or Order numbers. It is useful to format these cells as text so that leading zeros remain as part of the value instead of being removed.

Gets or sets the worksheet protection flag.

Gets or sets worksheet protection properties. This settings will be used only if is set to ; Otherwise it will be ignored.

Gets the protected ranges. Supported in XLSX and XLSB only.

The protected ranges.

Gets or sets the worksheet visible property.

Workbook must contain at least one visible sheet.

Gets or sets the default column width.

The default column width. Value is a numerator (before a slash) of a fraction in a formula for an Open XML column width. This value is used as a width for columns which do not have property explicitly set.

Gets the default column width in arbitrary length unit.

The length unit in which to return default column width. The default column width in arbitrary length unit.

Sets the default column width in arbitrary length unit.

Default column width value. The length unit in which is specified.

Gets or sets the default row height in twips (1/20th of a point). Not supported in ODS.

The default row height in twips (1/20th of a point). This value is used as height for rows which don't have property explicitly set.

Gets collection of all horizontal page breaks () in the worksheet.

Gets collection of all vertical page breaks () in the worksheet.

Gets the parent of this instance.

Gets or sets the name of the that is bound to this .

Contains MS Excel print and print related options.

Contains MS Excel display and view related options.

Gets or sets headers/footers for the sheet.

Returns true if worksheet has headers/footers.

Gets or sets the panes in the worksheet.

If there are no split or freeze panes in the worksheet, the value of this property is null.

Returns true if worksheet has split or freeze panes.

Gets the selected ranges of cells in the worksheet. Supported only in XLSX and XLSB.

The selected ranges of cells in the worksheet.

Gets or sets the worksheet tab color. Supported only in XLSX, XLSB, XLS, and HTML.

The worksheet tab color.

Gets the collection of all s contained in this worksheet. Currently supported in XLSX only.

The collection of all s contained in this worksheet. Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Gets the collection of all s contained in this worksheet.

The collection of all s contained in this worksheet.

Gets a value indicating whether the worksheet is in filter mode. Supported only in XLSX and XLSB.

if the worksheet is in filter mode; otherwise, .

Gets the worksheet custom properties. Supported in XLSX only.

Clears this worksheet.

References to following members will become invalid after calling this method. If they are stored in external variables, you will need to get them again from worksheet. Here is the list:

Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in
Each instance in

Inserts a into the current worksheet.

The which will be inserted into the current worksheet. Number of inserted rows. Export DataTable into Excel sheet in C# and VB.NET

Inserts a into the current worksheet.

The which will be inserted into the current worksheet. The which can be used to define settings for the insert operation. Number of inserted rows. Export DataTable into Excel sheet in C# and VB.NET

Extracts data to with specified extract options, see .

Destination . Options that describe how data will be extracted, see . Export Excel sheet into DataTable in C# and VB.NET

Calculates formula for every excel cell in this worksheet.

Calculates the given formula.

The formula to be calculated. A two-dimensional array of objects representing the calculated values, where the array dimensions match the range that the formula covers.

Creates a and fills it with data from this in a manner specified by create options, see .

Options that describe how will be created and filled with data extracted from . with data from specified cells. Create DataTable from Excel sheet in C# and VB.NET

Calculates cell range that is used in the worksheet.

Specifies if allocated cells with set to are ignored. Cell range that is used in the worksheet.

Iterates all rows and finds maximum number of used columns.

Maximum number of occupied columns in this sheet.

Sets the worksheet background picture.

The picture's stream. The picture's format.

Sets the worksheet background picture.

The picture's path.

Removes the worksheet background picture.

Gets or sets the password hash for protected sheet.

This property is simply written to Excel file and has no effect on the behavior of this library. For more information on worksheet protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation. This property needs to be set to value of type ushort (property is of type int because ushort is not CLS compliant). If you don't know which password hash corresponds to determinant password, make excel file using MS Excel, load it using GemBox.Spreadsheet, and read this property. Then reuse that value in your project.

Event that fires when specific error occurs while extracting data to DataTable.

Extracts data from specified range of cells to a new .

Cell range. Resolution type that determines DataTable column type. Options that describe how data will be extracted. If then values from first row will be used for columns. DataTable with data from specified cells.

Extracts data from used cells of this worksheet to a new . DataTable column type is determined by the .

Resolution type that determines DataTable column type. DataTable with data from used cells.

Extracts data from specified cells to a new .

Resolution type that determines DataTable column type. Start ExcelRow. Number of rows to extract. Options that describe how data will be extracted. Columns to extract. DataTable with data from specified rows/columns.

Extracts data from specified cells to a new .

Resolution type that determines DataTable column type. Start ExcelRow. Number of rows to extract. Options that describe how data will be extracted. If then values from first row will be used for columns. Columns to extract. DataTable with data from specified rows/columns.

Extracts data from specified cells to a new .

Deletes this worksheet from the workbook.

Extracts data to .

Extracts data to DataTable with the same column order as it is in ExcelWorksheet.

DataTable has to have all the columns defined before calling this method. Because DataColumnMapping objects are not used in this method, columns in DataTable have to have the same order as columns in ExcelWorksheet (starting from column defined in startColumn argument). You can customize error handling by using . DataTable column type and corresponding cell value type need to be 'similar' data types. If that's not the case, then exception would be thrown. Note that numbers and string are not 'similar' data types. Numbers wouldn't be automatically converted to strings because of culture issues; someone would expect the number 12.4 is converted to "12.4" and someone else to "12,4". To make custom conversion, use . Destination DataTable. Number of rows to extract. Options that describe how data will be extracted. Start ExcelRow. Start ExcelColumn.

Extracts data to DataTable with column mapping.

DataTable has to have all the columns defined before calling this method. How will data be extracted from ExcelColumn to DataTableColumn has to be defined in the dataColumnMappingCollection argument. You can customize error handling by using . DataTable column type and corresponding cell value type need to be 'similar' data types. If that's not the case, then exception would be thrown. Note that numbers and string are not 'similar' data types. Numbers wouldn't be automatically converted to strings because of culture issues; someone would expect the number 12.4 is converted to "12.4" and someone else to "12,4". To make custom conversion, use . Destination DataTable. Number of rows to extract. Options that describe how data will be extracted. Column mapping. Start ExcelRow.

Extracts data from used cells of this worksheet to a new DataTable with columns of type object.

This method first calls method to find block of used cells in this worksheet. Then it creates a new with the same number of columns as width of that range and with the column type of object. Finally, it extracts block of used cells to and returns filled . Options that describe how data will be extracted. New DataTable.

Calculates cell range that is used in the worksheet (every allocated cell is considered used).

Cell range that is used in the worksheet (every allocated cell is considered used).

Inserts a copy of an existing worksheet before the current worksheet.

Name of the new worksheet. Source worksheet. Newly created worksheet.

Inserts a at the specified row and column in the current worksheet.

Source DataTable. Index of the start row. Index of the start column. True to insert column names above data. Number of inserted rows.

Inserts a at the specified position in the current worksheet.

Source DataTable. Name of start (top-left) cell. True to insert column names above data. Number of inserted rows.

Inserts an empty worksheet before the current worksheet.

Worksheet name. Newly created worksheet.

Resolves the cell style. Use property instead.

The row. The column. The resolved cell style.

Collection of worksheets ().

Gets the worksheet with the specified index or name.

Gets the worksheet with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the worksheet.

Gets the worksheet with the specified name.

The name of the worksheet.

Gets or sets active worksheet.

Active worksheet is the one selected when file is opened with Microsoft Excel. By default active worksheet is the first one added with or methods. GemBox.Spreadsheet Free allows setting active worksheet to only one of the first 5 worksheets, otherwise active worksheet defaults to the first worksheet.

Gets the number of elements contained in the ExcelWorksheetCollection.

Removes the worksheet with the specified index.

The zero-based index of the worksheet.

Removes the worksheet with the specified name.

Worksheet name.

Inserts empty worksheet at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the worksheet. Worksheet name. Newly created worksheet.

Inserts empty worksheet at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the worksheet. The sheet type. Worksheet name. Newly created worksheet.

Inserts a copy of an existing worksheet at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the worksheet. Worksheet name. Source worksheet to copy. Newly created worksheet.

Adds an empty worksheet to the end of the collection.

Worksheet name. Newly created worksheet. If this is the first worksheet added to the collection the is set to this worksheet. Worksheet name is not unique.

Adds an empty worksheet to the end of the collection.

The sheet type. Worksheet name. Newly created worksheet. If this is the first worksheet added to the collection the is set to this worksheet. Worksheet name is not unique.

Adds a copy of an existing worksheet to the end of the collection.

Name of new worksheet. Source worksheet. Newly created worksheet. If this is the first worksheet added to the collection the is set to this worksheet. Worksheet name is not unique.

Moves the worksheet at the specified index to a new location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the worksheet to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the worksheet.

Returns an enumerator for the .

An enumerator for the .

Returns an enumerator for the ExcelWorksheetCollection.

Returns an enumerator for the .

Determines whether an element is in the .

The to locate in the . True if is found in the ; otherwise, false.

Determines whether an element with specified name is in the .

The name of the to locate in the . True if with specified name is found in the ; otherwise, false.

Extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Gets or sets the borders for header.

The borders for header.

Gets or sets the borders for header.

The borders for header.

Specifies the alignment of a header/footer.

Text is aligned to the left.

Text is centered between the left and right edges.

Text is aligned to the right.

Header footer styles that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Gets the borders.

The borders.

Gets or sets the background color.

The background color. Default value is empty.

Gets or sets the alignment for the left section.

The alignment for the left section. Default value is

Gets or sets the alignment for the center section.

The alignment for the center section. Default value is

Gets or sets the alignment for the right section.

The alignment for the right section. Default value is

Possible ways of proceeding after one of the events is fired while extracting to data table.

Throw exception after event has been handled.

This value has been obsoleted and only affects obsoleted ExtractToDataTable() methods. It will have no effect when used with non-obsoleted overload.

Continue extracting data to .

Stop extracting data to .

Skip row.

Options specified when extracting data to .

None of the options is set.

Extracting data stops at the first empty row.

When extracting data, skip all empty rows.

Represents options for extracting data from to .

Export Excel sheet into DataTable in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the index of the first row of data being extracted from .

Gets or sets the index of the first column of data being extracted from .

is ignored if has any values.

Gets or sets the number of rows being extracted from .

Gets the collection used for mapping columns to columns.

is ignored if has any values.

Gets or sets .

Default value is .

Event that fires when converting value to cell value.

Initializes an instance of class.

Index of the first row of data being extracted from . Index of the first column of data being extracted from . Number of rows being extracted from .

Initializes an instance of class.

Name of the first (top left) cell of data being extracted from . Number of rows being extracted from .

Represents file format limitations when saving to some format.

Get maximum number of rows.

Get maximum number of columns.

Get maximum number of colors.

Get maximum number of cell styles.

Initializes instance of class.

Maximum number of rows. Maximum number of columns. Maximum number of colors. Maximum number of cell styles.

Represents the style of fill pattern being used for a cell format. Currently supported only in XLSX, XLSB and XLS. For all other formats it defaults to either or .

The fill style is none (no fill). When and/or are specified, a pattern of overrides them and means the cell has no fill.

The fill style is solid. When solid is specified, the is the only color rendered, even when a is also specified.

6% Gray is Microsoft Excel pattern name, but any color can be used instead of black as a foreground color.

12% Gray is Microsoft Excel pattern name, but any color can be used instead of black as a foreground color.

25% Gray is Microsoft Excel pattern name, but any color can be used instead of black as a foreground color.

50% Gray is Microsoft Excel pattern name, but any color can be used instead of black as a foreground color.

75% Gray is Microsoft Excel pattern name, but any color can be used instead of black as a foreground color.

Horizontal Stripe pattern.

Vertical Stripe pattern.

Diagonal Stripe pattern.

Reverse Diagonal Stripe pattern.

Diagonal Crosshatch pattern.

Thick Diagonal Crosshatch pattern.

Thin Horizontal Stripe pattern.

Thin Vertical Stripe pattern.

Thin Diagonal Stripe pattern.

Thin Reverse Diagonal Stripe pattern.

Thin Horizontal Crosshatch pattern.

Thin Diagonal Crosshatch pattern.

Represents a base class for filters contained in .

Gets the filter type.

The filter type.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents filter and sort settings for a single filter column.

Gets the column index relative to the that this column filter applies to. Value is equal to or greater than zero and less than of the .

The column index relative to the that this filter column applies to.

Gets the filter settings applied to this column or if no filter settings are applied to this column.

The filter settings applied to this column or if no filter settings are applied to this column.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the button for this column is hidden. Default value is .

if the button for this column is hidden; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the filter button is visible. For example, when the cell containing the filter button is merged with another cell, the filter button may be hidden, and not drawn. Default value is .

if the filter button is visible; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the method that defines a set of criteria and determines whether the specified meets those criteria. Default value is default method based on the settings of this filter.

The method that defines a set of criteria and determines whether the specified meets those criteria. Use this property to override default method that is based on the settings of this filter. This member is not loaded from and saved to XLSX file since it is not supported by Office Open XML specification. It is used to customize GemBox.Spreadsheet functionality. If set to , reverts to default method based on the settings of this filter.

Gets the sort settings applied to this column or if no sort settings are applied to this column.

The sort settings applied to this column or if no sort settings are applied to this column.

Sets a to this column. filters by a list of values. Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this column. filters by a top N (percent or number of items). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this column. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this column. filters by a dynamic criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today"). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this column. All other sort levels are cleared. Use members of a returned to specify sort settings.

A .

Adds a to this column. Previous sort levels are maintained. If this already specifies a sort level ( is not equal to ) it will be removed before a new one is added. Use members of a returned to specify sort settings.

A .

Clears the filter from this .

Clears the sort level from this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of filter columns.

Gets the total number of filter columns in the .

The total number of filter columns in the .

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get. The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the sort levels.

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the sort levels.

Operator enumerations for filtering.

Show results which are equal to criteria.

Show results which are less than criteria.

Show results which are less than or equal to criteria.

Show results which are not equal to criteria.

Show results which are greater than or equal to criteria.

Show results which are greater than criteria.

Represents a filter type.

A type.

A ColorFilter type. This filter is currently not supported by GemBox.Spreadsheet. It is preserved for XLSX round-trip.

An IconFilter type. This filter is currently not supported by GemBox.Spreadsheet. It is preserved for XLSX round-trip.

Class that represents column in Fixed-Width Text format.

Gets or sets the converter for converting value from file to value when loading from Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets or sets the converter for converting value to text when saving to Fixed-Width Text file.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column width.

Gets or sets a value that represents column width.

Represents options for loading from Fixed-Width Text file format.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether numbers will be parsed and stored as value when loading Fixed-Width Text file. If , numbers will be loaded as strings.

Gets or sets a value indicating number styles permitted in strings when parsing them to numeric types.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column definitions for Fixed-Width Text file.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column definitions for Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets the list of column definitions for Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets or sets the index of the first row of data being loaded from Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets or sets the format provider for the Fixed-Width Text file.

Value is set to null.

Gets or sets the encoding for the Fixed-Width Text file.

Value is set to null.

Represents options for saving to Fixed-Width Text file format.

Gets limitations for saving to Fixed-Width Text file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Gets the content-type for Fixed-Width Text file format: "text/plain; charset=" + ..

The content-type for Fixed-Width Text file format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column definitions for Fixed-Width Text file.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The column definitions for Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets the List of column definitions for saving data.

Gets or sets the index of the first row of data being saved to Fixed-Width Text file.

Gets or sets the format provider for the Fixed-Width Text file.

Value is set to null.

Gets or sets the encoding for the Fixed-Width Text file.

Value is set to null.

Represents a font file either on the disk or in the memory.

GlyphTypeface class

Gets the font family name.

The font family name. GlyphTypeface.FamilyNames property

Gets a value indicating whether the characters in a font are truly (Italic) or artificially (Oblique) slanted. Default value is .

if the characters in a font are slanted; otherwise, . FontStyles class

Gets the integer value between 1 and 999 that represents OpenType font weight. Default value is 400. Bold value is 700.

The integer value between 1 and 999 that represents OpenType font weight. FontWeights class

Gets the integer value between 1 and 9 that represents OpenType font widths. Default value is 5.

The integer value between 1 and 9 that represents OpenType font widths. FontStretches class

Determines whether the font file contains outlines for the specified Unicode character.

The Unicode character. if the font file contains outlines for the specified Unicode character; otherwise, .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other font file to compare with this font file instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this font file instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Provides data for the event.

Gets the original font name.

The original font name.

Gets a value indicating whether the font is italic.

if the font is italic.; otherwise, .

Gets a value indicating whether the font is bold.

if the font is bold; otherwise, .

Gets the Unicode character that should be outlined with the or -1 if no character should currently be outlined.

The Unicode character that should be outlined with the or -1 if no character should currently be outlined.

Gets or sets the actual font that will be used for outlining the based on the , and values. Use any of the fonts returned from the collection.

The actual font that will be used for outlining the based on the , and values. Value is . The specified font file does not contain outlines for the specified .

Contains font related settings which are used when printing a spreadsheet or exporting a spreadsheet to a file format that requires font information.

Setting the custom fonts location is usually used in environments without any installed fonts. For more information, see the Private Fonts example.

Gets all the fonts loaded in the current application domain that are usable with GemBox.Spreadsheet component.

All the fonts loaded in the current application domain that are usable with GemBox.Spreadsheet component.

Gets or sets the base where component looks for fonts. path should end with or .

The base where component looks for fonts.

Gets or sets the base directory path where component looks for fonts. Directory path can be absolute or relative to .

The base directory path where component looks for fonts.

Gets or sets the base resource location where component looks for fonts specified as resources inside the local or referenced assembly.

The base resource location where component looks for fonts specified as resources inside the local or referenced assembly. Packaging Fonts with Applications Pack URIs in WPF

Occurs when the must be selected based on the font name, style and weight used in the spreadsheet and when the fallback font must be selected (if the current does not contain outlines for the ).

Represents a range of characters within the cell or comment text.

In-line Text Formatting example Comments example

Gets the zero-based starting character position.

The zero-based starting character position.

Gets the number of characters.

The number of characters.

Gets the text represented by this character range.

The text represented by this character range.

Gets the font of the characters.

The font of the characters.

Represents a formatted drawing (picture, chart, etc.) which can be exported to PDF, XPS, image or be printed.

Gets the drawing width in s.

The drawing width in s.

Gets the drawing height in s.

The drawing height in s.

Gets the drawing content.

The drawing content.

Saves the drawing in the specified stream.

The stream in which to save the drawing. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the drawing to a file with the specified path.

The path to which to save the drawing. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Parameter , currently, must be of type , or .

Saves the drawing to a file with the specified path. Path must include file extension.

The path to which to save the drawing. If file extension is not specified or not supported. If file extension is not recognized, use method overload instead. File extension that is extracted from the is used to create the appropriate derived class instance that is then passed to the method. Following file extensions are supported:Portable Document Format: .pdfXML Paper Specification: .xpsPortable Network Graphics: .pngJoint Photographic Experts Group: .jpeg, .jpgBitmap: .bmpTagged Image File Format: .tiff, .tifWindows Media Photo: .wdp

Saves the drawing to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the drawing to a client browser. File format is resolved from extension. See remarks why parameter is of type .

Saves the drawing to a System.Web.HttpResponse or System.Web.HttpResponseBase output stream or a System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage and sets appropriate HTTP response headers (Content-Type and Content-Disposition). Use this method in ASP.NET application to send the drawing to a client browser. File format is defined with parameter. See remarks why parameter is of type .

System.Web.HttpResponse object that can be retrieved through the Response property of the System.Web.HttpApplication, System.Web.HttpContext, System.Web.UI.Page or System.Web.UI.UserControl classes or System.Web.HttpResponseBase object or System.Net.Http.HttpResponseMessage object. File name that will be presented in client browser when downloading a file. The saving options which can be used to define settings for save operation. Supported only if updating the whole page with a postback and not if doing partial-page updates (when you use UpdatePanel controls to update selected regions of a page). This method accepts rather than HttpResponse, HttpResponseBase or HttpResponseMessage because otherwise GemBox.Document assembly would have a dependency on System.Web or System.Net.Http assemblies and could not be used in applications which target Client Profile .NET Framework. HttpResponse can be retrieved through the Response property of the HttpApplication, HttpContext, Page or UserControl classes. Export Excel file with ASP.NET

Prints the drawing to the default printer.

Prints the drawing to the specified printer.

Printer name.

Prints the drawing to the specified printer according to specified options.

Printer name. Print options.

Represents a formula type.

Normal cell formula.

Legacy array formula, commonly referred to as CSE formula.

Dynamic array formula.

Data table formula.

Provides data for the event.

Gets or sets the choice for proceeding when free limit is reached.

Gets the on which limit was reached.

Type of action that can be chosen when free limit is reached.

Throw .

Stop reading/writing.

Continue reading/writing using trial mode.

Exception that occurs when free limit is reached.

Represents a shading style and variant of a gradient fill effect. Gradient fill is currently supported in XLSX, XLSB and partially in rendering formats (PDF, XPS, and image formats).

Cell doesn't have any gradient fill effect.

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top side of the cell and blends horizontally with the second color which starts at the bottom side of the cell [1 - 2].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the bottom side of the cell and blends horizontally with the second color which starts at the top side of the cell [2 - 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top and bottom sides of the cell and blends horizontally with the second color which starts in the middle of the cell [1 - 2 - 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the left side of the cell and blends vertically with the second color which starts at the right side of the cell [1 | 2].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the right side of the cell and blends vertically with the second color which starts at the left side of the cell [2 | 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the left and right sides of the cell and blends vertically with the second color which starts in the middle of the cell [1 | 2 | 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top-left corner of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts at the bottom-right corner of the cell [1 / 2].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the bottom-right corner of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts at the top-left corner of the cell [2 / 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top-left and bottom-right corners of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts in the middle of the cell [1 / 2 / 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top-right corner of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts at the bottom-left corner of the cell [2 \ 1].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the bottom-left corner of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts at the top-right corner of the cell [1 \ 2].

Linear gradient where the first color starts at the top-right and bottom-left corners of the cell and blends diagonally with the second color which starts in the middle of the cell [1 \ 2 \ 1].

Path gradient where the first color starts at the top-left corner of the cell and blends with the second color which starts at the other corners of the cell.

Path gradient where the first color starts at the top-right corner of the cell and blends with the second color which starts at the other corners of the cell.

Path gradient where the first color starts at the bottom-left corner of the cell and blends with the second color which starts at the other corners of the cell.

Path gradient where the first color starts at the bottom-right corner of the cell and blends with the second color which starts at the other corners of the cell.

Path gradient where the first color starts in the middle of the cell and blends with the second color which starts at the corners of the cell.

Gradient fill effect is too complex to be described with this enumeration.

Represents worksheet's header or footer.

constructor.

Gets or sets left section.

Gets or sets center section.

Gets or sets right section.

Represents types of predefined fields.

Page number.

Total number of pages.

Current date.

Current time.

Sheet name.

File name.

File path.

Represents header/footer which should be shown on a specific worksheet page (first page, even pages and all other pages).

constructor.

Gets or sets header for this instance.

Gets or sets footer for this instance.

Represents header or footer section.

constructor.

Gets or sets header/footer section content.

The header string may contain special commands, for example placeholders for the page number, current date, or text formatting attributes. These fields are represented by single letters (exception: font name and size) with a leading ampersand. If the ampersand is part of the regular header text, it will be duplicated. For more information consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Appends text to .

Text to append. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends text to .

Text to append. Desired font. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends special header/footer field to .

Special Header/Footer field. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends special header/footer field to .

Special Header/Footer field. Desired font. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends picture to this instance.

The fileName of the file that contains picture. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends picture to this instance.

The fileName of the file that contains picture. Picture width (in pixels). Picture height (in pixels). A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends picture to this instance.

Stream of the picture to be added. Picture format. A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Appends picture to this instance.

Stream of the picture to be added. Picture format. Picture width (in pixels). Picture height (in pixels). A reference to this instance after the append operation has completed.

Represents available horizontal alignment options used in member.

The horizontal alignment is general-aligned. Text data is left-aligned. Numbers, dates, and times are right-aligned. Boolean types are centered. Changing the alignment does not change the type of data.

The horizontal alignment is left-aligned. Aligns contents at the left edge of the cell. If an amount is specified, the contents of the cell is indented from the left by the specified number of character spaces. The character spaces are based on the default font and font size for the workbook ( style).

The horizontal alignment is centered, meaning the text is centered across the cell.

The horizontal alignment is right-aligned, meaning that cell contents are aligned at the right edge of the cell.

Indicates that the value of the cell should be filled across the entire width of the cell. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

The horizontal alignment is justified (flush left and right). For each line of text, aligns each line of the wrapped text in a cell to the right and left (except the last line). If no single line of text wraps in the cell, then the text is not justified.

The horizontal alignment is centered across multiple cells. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

Indicates that each 'word' in each line of text inside the cell is evenly distributed across the width of the cell, with flush right and left margins. When there is also an value to apply, both the left and right side of the cell are padded by the indent value. A 'word' is a set of characters with no space character in them. Two lines inside a cell are separated by a carriage return.

Specifies a horizontal position where the new page begins when the worksheet is printed.

Index of the first row of the new page.

Index of the first column of the new page.

Use 0 (first column) if you don't care.

Index of the last column of the new page.

Use 255 (last column) if you don't care.

Collection of horizontal page breaks ().

Adds a new horizontal page break above the specified row.

The zero-based index of the row.

Adds a new horizontal page break above the specified row and within specified columns.

The zero-based index of the row. The zero-based index of the first column. The zero-based index of the last column.

Gets or sets the horizontal page break at the specified index.

Represents options for loading from HyperText Markup Language File (HTML) format.

When importing, each paragraph will be translated to spreadsheet row. Text values will be merged in spreadsheet cell. Table rows and cells will be translated to spreadsheet rows and cells. All content inside table cell will be merged in spreadsheet cell, even nested tables and paragraphs.

Gets or sets the media type used for applying CSS styles when loading HTML. The default value is "print".

The media type, such as "screen" or "print".

Gets or sets a value indicating whether numbers will be parsed and stored as value when loading HTML file. If , numbers will be loaded as strings.

Gets or sets a value indicating number styles permitted in strings when parsing them to numeric types.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether dates will be parsed and stored as values when loading a CSV file. If , numbers will be loaded as strings. Default value is .

Gets or sets a value indicating DateTime styles permitted in strings when parsing them to DateTimes. Default value is .

Gets or sets an list of formats to be used when parsing cell values to (provided that is ).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the style should be inherited from the cell where the HTML is being inserted. The default value is .

This property is used only when loading HTML with . method and is ignored when loading the whole HTML file using . methods.

Gets or sets a value indicating the text is formula if it starts with '='. Default value is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the format provider for the HTML file.

Value is set to .

Gets or sets the encoding for the HTML file.

Value is set to .

Represents options for saving to HyperText Markup Language File (HTML) format.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

Gets or sets the relative directory that will be used when referencing s and s files in the HTML.

The relative directory that will be used when referencing s and s files in the HTML. If value is or and HTML export is called with or overload, value will be automatically set to htmlFileNameWithoutExtension + "_files".

Gets or sets the physical directory where s and s files will be saved.

The physical directory where s and s files will be saved. If value is or and HTML export is called with or overload, value will be automatically set to htmlFileNameWithoutExtension + "_files". This directory will be created in the same location as HTML file.

Gets or sets the type of export.

The value for type of export. For and values, pictures will be exported only if or overload is used or if is specified or if is set to . For value, pictures are always exported.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether each td HTML element should contain data-cell attribute with cell address for this cell.

If the value of this property is then each td HTML element will contain data-cell attribute with cell address for this cell (for example data-cell="A1").

Gets or sets a value indicating whether images are embedded directly within the HTML file in form of Base64 encoding.

If the value of this property is then each image element will contain raw image data in its source attribute. This value doesn't change the pictures export behavior when using .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the content-type for HTML file format: message/rfc822 if is , otherwise"text/html; charset=" + ..

The content-type for HTML file format.

Gets or sets the encoding for the Html file.

Value is set to .

Gets limitations for saving to HTML file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Gets or sets the pictures directory that will be used when referencing images in the HTML and JavaScript.

The pictures directory that will be used when referencing images in the HTML. If value is or empty string and HTML export is called with filePath parameter overload, value will be automatically set to htmlFileNameWithoutExtension + "-Images". This directory will be created in the same location as HTML file.

Gets or sets the directory where s will be physically saved.

The directory where s will be physically saved. If value is or empty string and HTML export is called with filePath parameter overload, value will be automatically set to htmlFileNameWithoutExtension + "-Images". This directory will be created in the same location as HTML file.

Defines type of HTML export.

Export entire HTML document. Pictures are exported only if or overload is used or if is specified.

Export HTML table and its content. Pictures are exported only if or overload is used or if is specified.

Export entire HTML document and images to MIME HTML (MHTML) format. Pictures are always exported.

Represents a single ignored error for a range of cells.

A cell is considered to have an error condition when it meets one of the conditions specified in the member. For example, if a cell is formatted as text but contains a numeric value, this is considered to be a potential error because the number won't be treated as a number, for example, in calculations. Note that this is simply a guess by the implementing application, and a recommendation to the user. Cells with the errors specified in may have perfectly valid reasons for being in such a state, for example a cell formatted as text which contains numeric Postal Codes or Order numbers. It is useful to format these cells as text so that leading zeros remain as part of the value instead of being removed.

Gets or sets the sequence of references to cell ranges over which this ignored error is applied.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which this ignored error is applied. Parameter is or .

Gets or sets the ignored error types.

The ignored error types.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of an ignored errors in the worksheet.

Gets the number of s contained in the .

The number of s contained in the .

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get. The at the specified index. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Adds a new instance of an which instructs application to ignore all errors specified in the parameter on the sequence of references to cell ranges specified in the parameter.

The sequence of references to cell ranges over which the newly added ignored error is applied. The errors which should be ignored. A newly created and added . Parameter is or .

Removes the specified from the .

The to remove from the . if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the .

Removes the at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Removes all s from the .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the .

Represents an ignored error conditions.

Do not ignore any error.

Ignore errors when cells contain formulas that result in an error such as '#VALUE!' or '#DIV/0!'.

Ignore errors when cells contain a value different from a calculated column formula for tables. In other words, for a calculated column, a cell in that column is considered to have an error if its formula is different from the calculated column formula, or doesn't contain a formula at all.

Ignore errors when cells contain dates in text form with years represented as 2 digits.

Ignore errors when numbers are formatted as text or are preceded by an apostrophe.

Ignore errors when a formula in a region of your worksheet differs from other formulas in the same region. For example, if the formula in cell A1 is "=B1", and the formula in cell A3 is "=B3", but the formula in cell A2 is not "=B2" but instead "=C2", then A1 and A3 both refer to the cell one column to their right, but A2 does not and so is inconsistent with them.

Ignore errors when formulas omit certain cells in a region. For example, if there is data in cells A1:A100 and formula contains the reference "=SUM(A1:A98)".

Ignore errors when unlocked (editable) cells in the locked sheet contain formulas.

Ignore errors when formulas refer to empty cells.

Ignore errors when a cell's value in a Table does not comply with the Data Validation rules specified. For example, when a cell's value is inconsistent with the column data type for Tables connected to SharePoint data.

Ignore all errors.

An enumeration of supported image file formats when saving the to an image using a .

Bitmap (BMP) format.

Graphics Interchange Format (GIF).

Joint Photographic Experts Group (JPEG) format.

Portable Network Graphics (PNG) format.

Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).

Windows Media Photo format.

Scalable Vector Graphics (SVG) format.

Enhanced Metafile Format.

Represents a class which stores saving options for image files.

Gets or sets the image format.

The image format.

Gets or sets the zero-based page number of the document's page which should be saved to an image.

The zero-based page number of the document's page which should be saved to an image.

Gets or sets the number of pages which should be saved to a multi-frame image. If image format doesn't support multiple frames, this property is ignored. Default value is 1. To save all pages, set value to . Only Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) and Graphics Interchange Format (GIF) format images support multiple frames.

The number of pages which should be saved to a multi-frame image.

Gets or sets the image width in pixels.

The image width in pixels. If both and are not specified, then image size will be equal to the page size. If only one of the or is specified, then the specified dimension will be respected and other dimension will be calculated so that original aspect ratio is maintained. If both and are specified, then both specified dimensions will be respected (which may result in non-uniformly scaled image, if aspect ratio is not equal to the original one.

Gets or sets the image height in pixels.

The image height in pixels. If both and are not specified, then image size will be equal to the page size. If only one of the or is specified, then the specified dimension will be respected and other dimension will be calculated so that original aspect ratio is maintained. If both and are specified, then both specified dimensions will be respected (which may result in non-uniformly scaled image, if aspect ratio is not equal to the original one.

Gets or sets a pixel format, which will be used for the image.

The pixel format, which will be used for the image.

Gets or sets the value that indicated whether dithering should be applied when converting to pixel formats , , and . Default value: . This property is currently ignored when is resolved to .

if dithering should be applied when converting to pixel formats , , and ; otherwise, .

Gets or sets compression schema, which will be used when exporting to Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).

The compression schema, which will be used when exporting to Tagged Image File Format (TIFF).

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save a page from the whole or just .

Default value is to optimize export since only active worksheet will be paginated. If you want to render a specific page from an un-active worksheet, set that worksheet as or change this property to .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the image should be cropped to fit the content of the sheet. If set to , only the content of the sheet is rendered, without headers or footers.

Gets the extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Gets or sets the rendering mode used when saving the content to an image.

The rendering mode used when saving the content to an image. The rendering mode is not supported because of the reasons explained in the exception's .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation such as those from Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) or HarfBuzz text-shaping engine, or to use the default primitive implementation. Default value is for improved performance and stability of the output because advanced text formatting is required only for complex scripts or advanced typography features.

to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class for a specific image format.

The image format.

Gets or sets the horizontal dots per inch (dpi) of the image. Default value is , which means that component specific default value will be used (currently 300).

The horizontal dots per inch (dpi) of the image; that is, the dots per inch (dpi) along the x-axis. Value is not greater than 0.

Gets or sets the vertical dots per inch (dpi) of the image. Default value is , which means that component specific default value will be used (currently 300).

The vertical dots per inch (dpi) of the image; that is, the dots per inch (dpi) along the y-axis. Value is not greater than 0.

Gets the content-type for image file format: image/png if is ,image/jpeg if is ,image/gif if is ,image/bmp if is ,image/tiff if is ,image/vnd.ms-photo if is ,image/svg+xml if is .image/x-emf if is .

The content-type for image file format.

Gets limitations for saving to image file formats.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Occurs when saving progress of a file has changed.

Represents single border type of a cell.

Top border.

Bottom border.

Left border.

Right border.

Diagonal-up border.

Diagonal-down border.

Represents options for inserting data from to .

Export DataTable into Excel sheet in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the index of the first row of inserted data in .

Gets or sets the index of the first column of inserted data in .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to insert column headers.

Event that fires when converting cell value to value.

Initializes an instance of class.

Index of the first row of inserted data in . Index of the first column of inserted data in .

Initializes an instance of class.

Name of the first (top left) cell of inserted data in .

Represents the possible cell insert shift directions.

Shift cells right.

Shift cells down.

Represents the measurement unit for measuring length or distance.

To convert values between various s, use .

English Metric Unit (914 400 EMUs = 1 , 360 000 EMUs = 1 , 12 700 EMUs = 1 ).

Twentieth of a point (20 twips = 1 ).

Point (72 points = 1 ).

Device-independent or logical pixel (96 device-independent pixels = 1 inch).

Millimeter (10 millimeters = 1 ).

Centimeter (2.54 centimeters = 1 ).

Inch (1 inch = 2.54 s).

Device-dependent or physical pixel ( device-dependent pixels = 1 inch).

1/256th of the width of the zero character in default font.

Width of the zero character in default font (fixed to 7 pixel).

Character width is the maximum digit width of the numbers 0, 1, 2, ..., 9 as rendered in the style's font (see ). The unit of the column width in MS Excel user interface is . The value in unit always contains at most 2 decimal digits. The should not be used in method. Instead, it should be used in , , , and methods.

Utility class used for converting values between various measurement units.

Converts the specified from measurement unit to measurement unit.

The length that will be converted. The source measurement unit. The destination measurement unit. The expressed in measurement unit.

Exception that occurs when licensing information is not correctly specified.

Represents the line style of a border in a cell.

The line style of a border is none (no border visible).

The line style of a border is thin.

The line style of a border is medium.

The line style of a border is dashed.

The line style of a border is dotted.

The line style of a border is thick.

Obsolete. Use instead.

The line style of a border is double line.

The line style of a border is hairline.

The line style of a border is medium dashed.

The line style of a border is dash-dot.

The line style of a border is medium dash-dot.

The line style of a border is dash-dot-dot.

The line style of a border is medium dash-dot-dot.

The line style of a border is slant-dash-dot. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

Obsolete. Use instead.

Represents a base class for loading options of various file formats.

Following classes inherit from this base class: Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets the default options for loading from XLSX file format (Microsoft Excel Open XML Spreadsheet; Excel 2007 and later).

Gets the default options for loading from XLSX file format (Microsoft Excel Binary File Format).

Gets the default options for loading from XLS file format (Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet format; Excel 2003 and prior versions) .

Gets the default options for loading from OpenDocument Spreadsheet file format.

Gets the default options for loading from Character Separated Values file format.

MS Excel uses ';' as default if current culture uses ',' for decimal separator. GemBox.Spreadsheet always uses ','.

Gets the default options for loading from Tab delimited file format.

Gets the default options for loading from HyperText Markup Language File (HTML) format.

Gets the default options for loading from XML file format (XML Spreadsheet 2003).

Represents a mode of streamlined loading of an .

No streamlined loading of an . All rows of each are loaded and held in memory.

The is loaded in a streamlined fashion. A chunk of s of each are loaded and held in memory. If the requested is not in the loaded chunk, the currently loaded chunk is discarded and a chunk containing the requested is loaded and held in memory. When the is loaded in mode, the modification of rows, column collection, and cells (values, styles, formula) is not generally supported and might have unpredictable behavior.

Represents multiple border types of a cell.

No borders.

Top border.

Bottom border.

Left border.

Right border.

Diagonal-up border.

Diagonal-down border.

Inside horizontal borders.

Inside vertical borders.

Horizontal borders.

Vertical borders.

Diagonal borders.

Outside borders.

Inside borders.

All borders except diagonal.

Represents a named range in the worksheet.

Gets the named range name.

The named range name.

gets global flag

if this name is global

Gets or sets the named cell range.

The named cell range.

Deletes this named range from the named ranges collection.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Collection of the descriptive names which are used to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas, or constant values.

Gets the number of named ranges contained in the collection.

Gets the with the specified index or name.

Gets the at the specified index.

Range index.

Gets the with the specified name.

Range name. Adds a new global or local named range.

Adds a new named range. Named ranges are used to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas or constant values.

The user-defined name. The range to be referred by name. You can use the labels of columns and rows on a worksheet to refer to the cells within those columns and rows. Or you can create descriptive names to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas, or constant values. Labels can be used in formulas that refer to data on the same worksheet; if you want to represent a range on another worksheet, use a name. You can also create 3-D names that represent the same cell or range of cells across multiple worksheets. ExcelCell.Formula

Adds a new named range. Named ranges are used to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas or constant values.

The user-defined name. The range to be referred by name. sets the range as global if set to true You can use the labels of columns and rows on a worksheet to refer to the cells within those columns and rows. Or you can create descriptive names to represent cells, ranges of cells, formulas, or constant values. Labels can be used in formulas that refer to data on the same worksheet; if you want to represent a range on another worksheet, use a name. You can also create 3-D names that represent the same cell or range of cells across multiple worksheets. ExcelCell.Formula

Sets print area.

Range of cells that we want set as print area. If specified, print area is used when exporting to HTML, PDF, XPS, and image formats as cell range which will be exported in the output file format.

Sets multi-range print area. Multi-range print area is currently supported in XLSX only.

Ranges of cells that we want set as print area. If specified, print area is used when exporting to HTML, PDF, XPS, and image formats as cell range which will be exported in the output file format.

Sets multi-range print area. Multi-range print area is currently supported in XLSX only.

Ranges of cells that we want set as print area. If specified, print area is used when exporting to HTML, PDF, XPS, and image formats as cell range which will be exported in the output file format.

Sets print titles (rows to repeat at top).

First row. Number of rows that repeat.

Sets print titles (columns to repeat at left).

First column. Number of columns that repeat.

Sets print titles.

First row. Number of rows that repeat. First column. Number of columns that repeat.

Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.

An that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Returns an enumerator that can iterate through a collection.

An that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Utility class that can be used to create a number format for .

Creates a format for a number.

The number of decimal places that should be displayed to the right of the decimal separator. The minimal number of digits that should be displayed to the left of the decimal separator. The default value is 1. True if the thousands separator should be displayed, false otherwise. The default value is false. True if negative value should be displayed using parentheses notation, false if minus sign (-) should be used instead. The default value is false. The created number format.

Creates a currency number format.

The currency symbol. Number of decimal places that should be displayed to the right of the decimal separator. True if the thousands separator should be displayed, false otherwise. The default value is true. True if the currency symbol should be displayed to the right of the number, false otherwise. The default value is false. True if space should be displayed between the currency symbol and the number. The default value is true. True if negative value should be displayed using parentheses notation, false if minus sign (-) should be used. The default value is false. The created number format.

Creates an accounting number format.

Number of decimal places that should be displayed to the right of the decimal separator. True if the thousands separator should be displayed, false otherwise. The default value is true. True if negative value should be displayed using parentheses notation, false if minus sign (-) should be used. The default value is false. The currency symbol. Null, if no currency symbol should be displayed. The default value is null. True if the currency symbol should be displayed to the right of the number, false otherwise. The default value is false. The created number format.

Creates date and time format according to the ISO 8061 standard.

The number of decimal places that should be used to display a fraction of a second. The default value is 0. The created number format.

Creates a percentage number format.

The number of decimal places that should be displayed to the right of the decimal separator. The created number format.

Creates a fraction number format with the precise denominator value.

Denominator that will be used to display the fraction part of the number. True to display the number as a single fraction without the integral part, false otherwise. For example, the number 1.25 will be displayed as "5/4" if the parameter is true and as "1 1/4" if the parameter is false. The default value is false. The created number format.

Creates a fraction number format with the denominator value that best fits the fraction part of the number.

The maximum number of digits used to display the denominator of the fraction. True to display the number as a single fraction without the integral part, false otherwise. For example, the number 1.25 will be displayed as "5/4" if the parameter is true and as "1 1/4" if the parameter is false. The default value is false. The created number format.

Creates a scientific number format.

The number of decimal places that should be displayed to the right of the decimal separator. The created number format.

Creates a text number format.

The created number format.

Checks if the provide number format is date format.

True, if number format is date format, false otherwise.

Represents options for saving to Portable Document Format (PDF) file.

Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the operations that are allowed to a user on an encrypted PDF document.

Generated PDF document will be encrypted if any of the following conditions are satisfied: is different than . is not or . is not or . Both and are optional but with the following consequences: If is different than and is not specified, component will generate random . Using , also known as owner password, without is not secure. It relies on PDF viewer software to respect specified restrictions, but it may choose not to do so. Using , also known as user password, is potentially very secure. It or is required for decrypting and viewing the document. When is specified, PDF viewer application will prompt for password to decrypt and present the document. If entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented with specified enforced. Otherwise, if entered password is , document will be decrypted and presented without any restrictions. and cannot be equal, otherwise exception is thrown.

Specifies the password required for opening the encrypted PDF document.

Specifies the password for opening the encrypted PDF document without any access restrictions.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

Gets or sets the saved images DPI.

The saved images DPI. This property controls the image quality for all images in the file. Larger value results in better-quality images but increases the file size. Setting this property to 0 will disable image optimization. Standard DPI values are: 330 - Good quality for HD displays 220 - Good quality for most printers and displays 150 - Good quality for web pages and projectors 96 - Good quality for smaller file sizes Using this property you basically specify the DPI of the display device on which the file will be viewed and for which the images in the file should be optimized without losing any perceived quality because images go through the same resampling (reduction of pixel count) as they would in the viewer application if viewing the file using the default (100%) zoom factor on that display device. For example, if an image whose pixel size is 600px × 400px is shown on page where it occupies a slot whose physical size is 150pt × 100pt, then if the display device DPI is 144px/inch, the viewer application will show the image in a display slot whose pixel size is 300px × 200px if the default (100%) zoom factor is used (Rationale: there are always 72 points per inch and for the DPI of 144, there are 144 pixels per inch, so 150[pt] = 150[pt] × 144[px/inch] / 72[pt/inch] = 300[px]).
So the viewer application has to fit an image into a smaller display slot and it will do so by resampling the image from 600px × 400px to 300px × 200px.
Reducing the total number of pixels 4 times (from 240000 to 60000) would also reduce the image file size, so GemBox component can do this instead of the viewer application, thus achieving the overall smaller file size without any perceived loss of quality since the same image resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.
Instructing the GemBox component to perform image resampling (by setting the property to the DPI of the display device on which the file is going to be viewed) has two effects: Major benefit: output file size will be smaller if there are images whose pixel size is greater than their display size because those images are resampled to a smaller number of pixels without any perceived loss of quality since the same resampling would have been done by the viewer application anyway. Minor benefit: viewer application will be able to present the image faster because it needs to decode a fewer number of pixels and because the display slot size will be exactly equal to the image pixel size so it doesn't have to perform any resampling if the default (100%) zoom factor is used.

Gets or sets the level of conformance for PDF document.

The level of conformance for PDF document.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to rasterize vector pictures.

The value indicating whether to rasterize vector pictures.

Gets the extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Gets or sets the version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms specified in the PDF file's header (see 7.5.2, "File Header"). Note that the PDF file's header version might be coerced to a value higher than the one specified in if the PDF file uses features that are not supported by the version specified in . If the value is then PDF file's header version will be automatically set to a specific value depending on the features used in the PDF file. Default value: .

The version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms specified in the PDF file's header.

Occurs when saving progress of a file has changed.

to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets or sets the digital signature options.

The digital signature options. PDF digital signature examples

Gets the content-type for PDF file format: application/pdf.

The content-type for PDF file format.

Gets limitations for saving to PDF file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Specifies information about how a spreadsheet is printed.

Print Excel in C# and VB.NET Print Excel in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Initializes a new instance of the class by using an XML stream (that contains a PrintTicket document) that complies with the XML Print Schema.

An XML stream that describes a print job and conforms to the Print Schema. is . Print Schema Print Excel in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the number of copies of the document to print.

Gets or sets the number of pages that print on each printed side of a sheet of paper.

Only a limited range of 1, 2, 4, 6, 8 or 16 pages per sheet side are supported.

Gets or sets the page index of the first page to print.

Spreadsheet pages are zero-indexed meaning that first page in the spreadsheet has index 0 (zero).

Gets or sets the index of the last page to print.

Use value to print to the last page.

Gets or sets the name of the printed document in the print queue. Default value is 'Spreadsheet'.

The name of the printed document in the print queue.

to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.

Represents sheet header/footer.

Gets or sets if header/footer is different on the first page. If , and are on the first page. If , and are ignored.

Gets or sets if there are different headers/footers on the even and odd pages. If , / and / specify page header and footer values for odd and even pages. If then / is used, even when / are present.

Gets or sets even footer.

Gets or sets even header.

Gets or sets first footer.

Gets or sets first header.

Gets or sets default footer.

Gets or sets default header.

Gets or sets if header/footer margin will align with page margins. Supported in XLSX and XLSB only.

This value is currently ignored when exporting a document to PDF, XPS, or image formats.

Gets or sets if headers/footers will be scaled with document scaling.

constructor.

Gets or sets default header/footer.

Gets or sets first page header/footer.

If returns , then will be used on first page. This property is not supported when writing to XLS format.

Gets or sets header/footer for even pages.

If returns , then will be used on even pages. This property is not supported when writing to XLS format.

Returns if header/footer is specified.

If returns , then will be used on first page.

Returns if header/footer is specified.

If returns , then will be used on even pages.

Represent options for saving to XLSB file format (Microsoft Excel Binary File Format).

Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use ZIP64 extensions when saving an XLSB file.

The value indicating whether to use ZIP64 extensions when saving an XLSB file.

Gets or sets the password used to protect / encrypt the workbook.

Excel Encryption for XLSB in C# and VB.NET

Occurs when the saving progress of a file has changed.

The file path or stream that was provided as a file destination is used as a .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets limitations for saving to XLSB file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: 1048576MaxColumns: 16384MaxColors: 16000000MaxCellStyles: 64000

Gets or sets the saved images DPI.

Gets the content-type for PDF file format: application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.binary.macroEnabled.12.

The content-type for PDF file format.

Represents options for loading from XLS file format (Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet format; Excel 2003 and prior versions) .

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve features that are not supported when reading XLS files.

to preserve features that are not supported when reading XLS files; otherwise, . Default value is set to . Preserving features in files encrypted with a password is currently not supported.

Gets or sets the password to open protected / encrypted workbook.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Options specified when reading XLS files.

Do not preserve records. Only records fully supported by GemBox.Spreadsheet API will be loaded.

Preserve global (workbook) records.

Preserve worksheet records.

Preserve summaries.

Preserve macros and VBA code.

Preserve all possible information.

Represent options for saving to XLSX file format (Microsoft Excel Open XML Spreadsheet; Excel 2007 and later).

Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the value indicating whether to use ZIP64 extensions when saving an XLSX file.

The value indicating whether to use ZIP64 extensions when saving an XLSX file.

Specifies type of generated file. Set this property only if you want to override default type.

Gets or sets the password used to protect / encrypt the workbook.

Excel Encryption for XLSX in C# and VB.NET

Occurs when the saving progress of a file has changed.

The file path or stream that was provided as a file destination is used as a .

Gets the digital signature options.

The digital signature options.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets limitations for saving to XLSX file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: 1048576MaxColumns: 16384MaxColors: 16000000MaxCellStyles: 64000

Gets or sets the saved images DPI.

Gets the content-type for XLSX file format: application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.sheet if is ,application/vnd.ms-excel.sheet.macroenabled.12 if is ,application/vnd.openxmlformats-officedocument.spreadsheetml.template if is ,application/vnd.ms-excel.template.macroenabled.12 if is .

The content-type for XLSX file format.

Represents options for saving to XML Paper Specification file format.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

Gets or sets the rendering mode used when saving the content to an XML Paper Specification (XPS) file.

The rendering mode used when saving the content to an XML Paper Specification (XPS) file. The rendering mode is not supported because of the reasons explained in the exception's .

to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets the content-type for XPS file format: application/vnd.ms-xpsdocument.

The content-type for XPS file format.

Gets limitations for saving to XPS file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: MaxColumns: MaxColors: MaxCellStyles:

Represents options for loading from OpenDocument Spreadsheet file format.

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve ODS file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model.

to preserve ODS file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model; otherwise, . Default value is set to .

Read display values instead of stored values.

to read display values; otherwise, . Values in ODS are stored as value - display string pairs. Normally stored value is read but that looses number formatting. If you want to read value as formatted display string (for example, date as "Wednesday, May 5th, 2009" string), set this property to . Default value is set to .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents options for saving to OpenDocument Spreadsheet file format.

Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets limitations for saving to ODS file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: 1048576MaxColumns: 16384MaxColors: 16000000MaxCellStyles: 64000

Gets the content-type for ODS file format: application/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet-template if workbook is template (file extension is .odt), otherwiseapplication/vnd.oasis.opendocument.spreadsheet.

The content-type for ODS file format.

Specifies the update behavior for an OLE linked object.

The OLE linked object is always updated automatically.

The OLE linked object is updated only when explicitly called.

OpenXML file type.

Excel XML Workbook.

Excel XML Macro-Enabled Workbook.

Excel XML Template.

Excel XML Macro-Enabled Template.

Provides data for events that track the progress of an operation, such as loading and saving of a workbook.

Cancels the operation that reported this progress change.

Base class for all page breaks.

Compares the value of this instance to a specified value and returns an integer that indicates whether this instance is earlier than, the same as, or later than the specified value.

The object to compare to the current instance. A signed number indicating the relative values of this instance and the parameter. If returned value is less than zero, then this instance is earlier than ; else, if it is zero, then this instance is the same as ; else (if it is greater than zero) this instance is later than .

Base class for page break collections.

Gets the number of page breaks contained in the collection.

Removes all page breaks.

Removes the page break at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the page break to remove.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Generic base class for page break collections.

Type of the items in the collection, either or .

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents options used to specify which part of the workbook to paginate.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

A value indicating whether to save the whole or just .

Gets the extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Extended save options that are not natively supported by spreadsheet formats.

Occurs when paginating progress of a file has changed.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to update and while paginating the document.

to update page breaks while paginating the document; otherwise, .

to do text layout using advanced text formatting implementation; otherwise to use the default primitive implementation.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents the position of the pane.

Bottom right pane.

Top right pane.

Bottom left pane.

Top left pane.

Represents the state of the pane.

Panes are frozen, but were not split being frozen. In this state, when the panes are unfrozen again, a single pane results, with no split. In this state, the split bars are not adjustable.

Panes are frozen and were split before being frozen. In this state, when the panes are unfrozen again, the split remains, but is adjustable.

Panes are split, but not frozen. In this state, the split bars are adjustable by the user.

Specifies the paper type.

Custom paper type.

Letter paper (8.5 inch X 11 inch)

Letter small paper (8.5 inch X 11 inch)

Tabloid paper (11 inch X 17 inch)

Ledger paper (17 inch X 11 inch)

Legal paper (8.5 inch X 14 inch)

Statement paper (5.5 inch X 8.5 inch)

Executive paper (7.25 inch X 10.5 inch)

A3 paper (297 mm X 420 mm)

A4 paper (210 mm X 297 mm)

A4 small paper (210 mm X 297 mm)

A5 paper (148 mm X 210 mm)

B4 paper (JIS, 250 mm X 353 mm)

B5 paper (JIS, 176 mm X 250 mm)

Folio paper (8.5 inch X 13 inch)

Quarto paper (215 mm X 275 mm)

10x14 paper (10 inch X 14 inch)

11x17 paper (11 inch X 17 inch)

Note paper (8.5 inch X 11 inch)

Envelope #9 (3.875 inch X 8.875 inch)

Envelope #10 (4.125 inch X 9.5 inch)

Envelope #11 (4.5 inch X 10.375 inch)

Envelope #12 (4.75 inch X 11 inch)

Envelope #14 (5 inch X 11.5 inch)

C paper (17 inch X 22 inch)

D paper (22 inch X 34 inch)

E paper (34 inch X 44 inch)

Envelope DL (110 mm X 220 mm)

Envelope C5 (162 mm X 229 mm)

Envelope C3 (324 mm X 458 mm)

Envelope C4 (229 mm X 324 mm)

Envelope C6 (114 mm X 162 mm)

Envelope C65 (114 mm X 229 mm)

Envelope B4 (250 mm X 353 mm)

Envelope B5 (176 mm X 250 mm)

Envelope B6 (176 mm X 125 mm)

Envelope Italy (110 mm X 230 mm)

Envelope Monarch (3.875 inch X 7.5 inch).

Envelope (3.625 inch X 6.5 inch)

U.S. standard fanfold (14.875 inch X 11 inch)

German standard fanfold (8.5 inch X 12 inch)

German legal fanfold (8.5 inch X 13 inch)

B4 paper (ISO, 250 mm X 353 mm)

Japanese postcard (100 mm X 148 mm)

9x11 paper (9 inch X 11 inch)

10x11 paper (10 inch X 11 inch)

15x11 paper (15 inch X 11 inch)

Envelope invite (220 mm X 220 mm)

Letter extra paper (9.275 inch X 12 inch)

Legal extra paper (9.275 inch X 15 inch)

Tabloid extra paper (11.69 inch X 18 inch)

A4 extra paper (236 mm X 322 mm)

Letter transverse paper (8.275 inch X 11 inch)

A4 transverse paper (210 mm X 297 mm)

Letter extra transverse paper (9.275 inch X 12 inch)

SuperA/SuperA/A4 paper (227 mm X 356 mm)

SuperB/SuperB/A3 paper (305 mm X 487 mm)

Letter plus paper (8.5 inch X 12.69 inch)

A4 plus paper (210 mm X 330 mm)

A5 transverse paper (148 mm X 210 mm)

B5 transverse paper (JIS, 182 mm X 257 mm)

A3 extra paper (322 mm X 445 mm)

A5 extra paper (174 mm X 235 mm)

B5 extra paper (ISO, 201 mm X 276 mm)

A2 paper (420 mm X 594 mm)

A3 transverse paper (297 mm X 420 mm)

A3 extra transverse paper (322 mm X 445 mm)

Japanese double postcard (200 mm x 148 mm)

A6 paper (105 mm x 148 mm)

Represents levels of conformance for PDF documents.

No conformance.

PDF/A-1 is based on PDF version 1.4, which first appeared in 2001. All resources (images, graphics, typographic characters) must be embedded within the PDF/A document itself. A PDF/A file requires precise, platform-independent colour data using ICC profiles, and XMP for the document metadata. Transparent elements, some forms of compression (LZW, JPEG2000), PDF layers, and certain actions or JavaScript are forbidden. A PDF/A file must not be password-protected. PDF/A-1 expressly supports embedded digital signatures and the use of hyperlinks. Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order. Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements. This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.

PDF/A-1 is based on PDF version 1.4, which first appeared in 2001. All resources (images, graphics, typographic characters) must be embedded within the PDF/A document itself. A PDF/A file requires precise, platform-independent colour data using ICC profiles, and XMP for the document metadata. Transparent elements, some forms of compression (LZW, JPEG2000), PDF layers, and certain actions or JavaScript are forbidden. A PDF/A file must not be password-protected. PDF/A-1 expressly supports embedded digital signatures and the use of hyperlinks. Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems. Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.

PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document. Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order. Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements. This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.

PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document. Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems. Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.

PDF/A-2 was published in 2011 as "ISO 19005-2". Based on PDF version 1.7, which has since been standardised as "ISO 32000-1", it makes use of this version’s new features. This means PDF/A-2 allows JPEG2000 compression, transparent elements and PDF layers. PDF/A-2 also allows you to embed OpenType fonts and supports PAdES(PDF Advanced Electronic Signatures)-compliant digital signatures. One particularly important innovation is the "container" function: PDF/A files can be embedded within a PDF/A-2 document. Level U (Unicode) was introduced along with PDF/A-2. It expands Conformance Level B to specify that all text can be mapped to standard Unicode character codes.

PDF/A-3 has been available since October 2012. A PDF/A-3 document allows you to embed any file format desired – not just PDF/A documents. For example, a PDF/A-3 file can contain the original file from which it was generated. The PDF/A standard does not regulate the suitability of these embedded files for archiving. Level A (Accessible) meets all requirements for the standard, including the logical structure of the document and its correct reading order. Text must be extractable and the logical structure must match the natural reading order. Fonts used must meet stringent requirements. This PDF/A level can usually only be met by converting born-digital documents.

PDF/A-3 has been available since October 2012. A PDF/A-3 document allows you to embed any file format desired – not just PDF/A documents. For example, a PDF/A-3 file can contain the original file from which it was generated. The PDF/A standard does not regulate the suitability of these embedded files for archiving. Level B (Basic) guarantees that the content of the document can be unambiguously reproduced. Level B files are easier to create than Level A, but Level B does not guarantee 100% text extraction or searchability. It does not necessarily mean that the content can be reused without any problems. Scanned paper documents can usually be converted to PDF/A Conformance Level B without any extra work.

Represents a class that stores details for signing a workbook saved to a Portable Document Format (PDF) with a digital signature.

Workbook will be digitally signed when saved to a PDF if , or is specified, if instance is created with method or if Sign(Stream) method is overridden, otherwise it will be saved but not digitally signed. If your project doesn't target Windows platform, to use , make sure your project references NuGet package System.Security.Cryptography.Pkcs. PDF digital signature examples

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the signature is PDF Advanced Electronic Signature (PAdES).

if the signature is PDF Advanced Electronic Signature (PAdES); otherwise, . PAdES baseline signatures Extended PAdES signature profiles

Gets or sets the contact information.

Information provided by the signer to enable a recipient to contact the signer to verify the signature; for example, a phone number.

Gets or sets the CPU host name or physical location of the signing.

The CPU host name or physical location of the signing.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified signer.

A delegate that returns the format of the signature content that the signer produces. A delegate that returns the estimated length of the signature content (in bytes) that should be large enough to contain the entire data returned by the delegate. A delegate called when saving the PDF file that takes the PDF file stream (without signature's Contents entry) as an input and returns the signature that will be set as the value of the signature's Contents entry. A new instance of the class from the specified signer. PAdES signature (LTV enabled) example

Gets the estimated signature length.

The estimated signature length.

Returns the digital signature for the PDF file stream.

The PDF file stream that will be digitally signed. The digital signature for the PDF file stream.

Defines operations that are allowed to a user on an encrypted PDF document.

For more information about PDF encryption, see remarks.

Disallows all operations.

Allows printing.

Allows high resolution printing.

Allows changing the document.

Allows copying the content.

Allow accessibility software to use the document contents.

If this is disabled, inserting, deleting or rotating pages, or creating bookmarks and thumbnails is prohibited.

Allows adding or modifying text annotations, filling of interactive form fields (including signature fields).

Allows all operations.

Represents the version of the PDF specification to which the PDF document conforms.

History and standardization of Portable Document Format

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.0 specification released in 1993.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.1 specification released in 1994 and supported in Acrobat Reader 2.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.2 specification released in 1996 and supported in Acrobat Reader 3.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.3 specification released in 2000 and supported in Acrobat Reader 4.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.4 specification released in 2001 and supported in Acrobat Reader 5.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.5 specification released in 2003 and supported in Acrobat Reader 6.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.6 specification released in 2004 and supported in Acrobat Reader 7.0.

The PDF document conforms to the PDF 1.7 specification released in 2006 and to the ISO 32000-1:2008 specification released in 2008 and supported in Acrobat Reader 8.0.

The PDF document conforms to the ISO 32000-2:2017 specification released in 2017.

Represents a built-in styles.

No built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight1' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight2' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight3' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight4' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight5' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight6' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight7' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight8' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight9' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight10' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight11' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight12' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight13' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight14' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight15' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight16' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight17' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight18' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight19' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight20' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight21' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight22' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight23' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight24' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight25' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight26' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight27' built-in style.

'PivotStyleLight28' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium1' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium2' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium3' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium4' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium5' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium6' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium7' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium8' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium9' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium10' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium11' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium12' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium13' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium14' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium15' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium16' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium17' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium18' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium19' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium20' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium21' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium22' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium23' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium24' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium25' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium26' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium27' built-in style.

'PivotStyleMedium28' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark1' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark2' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark3' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark4' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark5' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark6' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark7' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark8' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark9' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark10' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark11' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark12' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark13' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark14' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark15' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark16' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark17' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark18' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark19' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark20' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark21' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark22' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark23' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark24' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark25' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark26' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark27' built-in style.

'PivotStyleDark28' built-in style.

Represents a collection of visible (row, column, page or data) s.

Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Adds the to this area collection.

The index in the collection. The added to this area collection. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than count.

Adds the to this area collection.

The name in the collection. The added to this area collection. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . Field with specified name doesn't exist.

Adds the to this area collection.

The in the , , , or collection. The added to this area collection. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be . Field is not part of the parent .

Removes at the specified index from this area collection.

The index in this area collection. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than field count.

Removes with the specified name from this area collection.

The name. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . Field with specified name doesn't exist.

Removes from this area collection.

The in this area collection. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be . Field is not part of this pivot area.

Moves the at the specified index to a new location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the . is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than field count. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than field count. created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified.

Removes all s from this area collection.

created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified.

Represents a memory cache for a .

Gets the source of the .

The source of the . Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the data should be refreshed when opening the file. The default value is .

The value indicating whether the data should be refreshed when opening the file.

Changes the worksheet source of the .

The worksheet data source reference which must refer either to a cell range or a named range. Reference must refer either to a cell range or a named range. The source data has been changed substantially. Consider creating a new PivotTable.

Refreshes the pivot cache based on its .

Refreshing the pivot cache also automatically refreshes s in s that use this pivot cache. The cache source is not

Represents a collection of all objects in the workbook.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Adds a new from the worksheet data source.

The worksheet data source reference which must refer either to a cell range or a named range. Newly created . must refer either to a cell range or a named range.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents an abstract source of data.

Gets the type of the source.

The type of the source.

Specifies the type of the source.

Indicates that the cache contains worksheet data.

Indicates that the cache contains data that consolidates ranges.

Indicates that the cache contains data from an external data source.

Indicates that the cache contains a scenario summary report.

Represents a field within a .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can be dragged to the hide position.

if this field can be dragged to the hide position; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can be dragged to the row position.

if this field can be dragged to the row position; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can be dragged to the column position.

if this field can be dragged to the column position; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can be dragged to the page position.

if this field can be dragged to the page position; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can be dragged to the data position.

if this field can be dragged to the data position; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this field can have multiple items selected in the page field.

if this field can have multiple items selected in the page field; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to insert a blank row after each item.

if a blank row will be inserted after each item; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to insert a page break after each item.

if a page break will be inserted after each item; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the layout form for this .

The layout form for this .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to show all items for this field.

to show all items for this field; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to repeat item labels.

to repeat item labels for each nested item; otherwise, .

Specifies a boolean value that indicates whether all items in the field are expanded. Applies only to OLAP PivotTables.

indicates all items in the field are expanded. indicates all items are not expanded. However some items might be expanded.

Gets the parent .

The parent .

Gets the collection of all (visible and hidden) s in this .

The collection of all (visible and hidden) s in this .

Gets the source name (cache field name) of this .

The source name (cache field name) of this .

Gets or sets the custom name (label text) of this .

The custom name (label text) of this . Value cannot be or .

Gets the 's formula in A1-style notation.

The 's formula in A1-style notation.

Gets a value indicating whether this is a calculated field.

if this is a calculated field; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the subtotals displayed with this . This property is applicable only for non-data fields.

The subtotals displayed with this .

Gets or sets the function used to summarize/aggregate this . This property is applicable only for data fields.

The function used to summarize/aggregate this .

Gets or sets the display format for this . This property is applicable only for data fields.

The display format for this .

Gets or sets the base field used for a custom calculation. This property is applicable only for data fields.

The base field used for a custom calculation. Value can't be . Base field is not part of the parent .

Gets or sets the item in the used for a custom calculation. This property is applicable only for data fields. Use property to specify or item, otherwise use this property.

The item in the used for a custom calculation. Value can't be . is . Base item is not part of the .

Gets or sets the item position in the used for a custom calculation. This property is applicable only for data fields. Use this property to specify or item, otherwise use property.

The item position in the used for a custom calculation. is .

Gets or sets the current page item showing for the page field. This property is applicable only for page fields. If set to , no current page item will be defined.

The current page item showing for the page field. Page item is not part of this page field.

Gets or sets the number format which indicates how to format the numeric value of this field. Default value is General. If set to , number format will be set to default.

The number format which indicates how to format the numeric value of this field.

Gets the sort options of this pivot field.

Removes the sort options from this pivot field.

Sorts this pivot field by the pivot items in it.

True to sort in descending order, false otherwise.

Sorts this pivot field by the data field. Pivot items can be used to specify the row (or column) that will be used to sort the pivot field.

True to sort in descending order, false otherwise. Data field that is used to sort this pivot field. Pivot items that specify the row (or column) that will be used to sort the pivot field.

Collapse/expand entire .

if entire is collapsed; otherwise, .

Represents a base collection of s.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets the with the specified name.

The with the specified name. The name of the . The with the specified name.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.

The to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, –1.

Determines whether the is contained in the collection.

The to locate in the collection. if is contained in the collection; otherwise, .

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents a data subtotal function.

The sum of the values.

The number of data values.

The average of the values.

The largest value.

The smallest value.

The product of the values.

The number of data values that are numbers.

An estimate of the standard deviation of a population, where the sample is a subset of the entire population.

The standard deviation of a population, where the population is all of the data to be summarized.

An estimate of the variance of a population, where the sample is a subset of the entire population.

The variance of a population, where the population is all of the data to be summarized.

Represents a collection of s.

Adds a calculated to the end of the collection of fields.

The name of the calculated . The formula of the calculated . Newly created . created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . can't be or . must be unique.

Removes the calculated from the collection of fields.

The name of the calculated . created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . Field with specified name doesn't exist. Field with specified name is not a calculated field.

Represents a data display format.

No calculation.

The difference from the value of the Base item in the Base field.

Data calculated as ((value in cell) x (Grand Total of Grand Totals)) / ((Grand Row Total) x (Grand Column Total)).

Percentage of the value of the Base item in the Base field.

Percentage difference from the value of the Base item in the Base field.

Percentage of the total for the column or series.

Percentage of the total for the row or category.

Percentage of the grand total of all the data or data points in the report.

Percentage of the total of the specified parent Base field.

Percentage of the total of the parent column.

Percentage of the total of the parent row.

Rank largest to smallest.

Data for successive items in the Base field as a running total.

Rank smallest to largest.

Rank largest to smallest.

Represents the way the specified appear.

Show in Compact Form.

Show in Outline Form.

Show in Tabular Form.

Represents a data displayed subtotals.

No subtotals.

Represents Automatic subtotal type.

Represents Sum subtotal type.

Represents Count subtotal type.

Represents Average subtotal type.

Represents Max subtotal type.

Represents Min subtotal type.

Represents Product subtotal type.

Represents CountNums subtotal type.

Represents StdDev subtotal type.

Represents StdDevp subtotal type.

Represents Var subtotal type.

Represents Varp subtotal type.

Represents a filter for a single pivot field.

Gets the pivot field that this pivot filter applies to.

The pivot field that this pivot filter applies to.

Gets the pivot field containing summary values being filtered.

The pivot field containing summary values being filtered.

Gets the filter settings applied to this pivot field or if no filter settings are applied to this pivot field.

The filter settings applied to this pivot field or if no filter settings are applied to this pivot field.

Sets a to this field. filters by a top N (percent or number of items). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this field. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to this field. filters by a dynamic criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today"). Use members of a returned to specify filter settings.

A . If this already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Clears the filter from this .

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of s.

Gets the total number of s in the .

The total number of s in the .

Gets the for the specified pivot field.

The for the specified pivot field. The pivot field of the to get. The for the specified pivot field.

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the s.

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the s.

Represents an item in a .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the is hidden.

if the is hidden; otherwise, .

Gets or sets whether the is collapsed.

if this is collapsed; otherwise, . To collapse/expand entire use method.

Gets the parent .

The parent .

Gets the name of the .

The name of the .

Gets the value of the .

The value of the .

Gets the 's formula in A1-style notation.

The 's formula in A1-style notation.

Gets a value indicating whether the is a calculated item.

if this is a calculated item; otherwise, .

Represents a collection of s.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets the with the specified name.

The with the specified name. The name of the . The with the specified name.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Searches for the specified and returns the zero-based index of the first occurrence within the entire collection.

The to locate in the collection. The zero-based index of the first occurrence of within the entire collection, if found; otherwise, –1.

Determines whether an element is in the collection.

The to locate in the collection. if is found in the collection; otherwise, .

Adds a calculated at the end of the collection.

The name of the calculated . The formula of the calculated . Newly created . created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . can't be or . Item with the specified name already exists.

Removes the calculated from the collection.

The name of the calculated . created from non-worksheet data source cannot be modified. can't be or . Item with the specified name doesn't exist. Item with the specified name is not a calculated item.

Moves the at the specified index to a new location in the collection.

The zero-based index specifying the location of the to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the . is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than item count. is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than item count.

Removes all s from the collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents base item Next/Previous/All position in the base field.

No base item position.

Represents Previous pivot field base item.

Represents Next pivot field base item.

Represents a pivot table.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the shows grand totals for columns.

to show grand totals for columns; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the shows grand totals for rows.

to show grand totals for rows; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the to be displayed in column header in compact mode.

The to be displayed in column header in compact mode.

Gets or sets the to be displayed in row header in compact mode.

The to be displayed in row header in compact mode.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether fields in the are sorted in non-default order in the field list.

if fields in the are sorted in non-default order in the field list; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating how the page fields are laid out when there are multiple s in the page area.

to lay out page fields over then down; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the classic layout should be used for display.

to display with classic layout; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether drill indicators should be shown.

to show drill indicators; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the built-in style used in the body of the .

The built-in style used in the body of the .

Gets or sets the options to be applied to the style.

The options to be applied to the style.

Gets or sets the to be displayed in cells that contain errors.

The to be displayed in cells that contain errors.

Gets or sets the to be displayed in cells with no value.

The to be displayed in cells with no value.

Gets the associated with this .

The associated with this .

Gets the name of the .

The name of the . Value cannot be or .

Gets the pivot table .

The pivot table .

Gets the location of this in the worksheet.

The location of this in the worksheet.

Gets the full location of this . The location includes data, row and column fields, and filters.

The location of this .

Gets the location of the data in this .

The location of the data in this . The value is set if the location was read from the file or if the was calculated. Otherwise the value is .

Gets a object that represents all the data fields in this . It contains non- value only if there are two or more data fields in the . It is only used to add to the row/column area. By default, it is added in the row area (automatically, when there are two or more data fields in the ).

A object that represents all the data fields in this if there are two or more data fields in the or otherwise.

Gets the collection of all (visible and hidden) s.

The collection of all (visible and hidden) s.

Gets the collection of all s that are currently showing as row fields.

The collection of all s that are currently showing as row fields.

Gets the collection of all s that are currently shown as column fields.

The collection of all s that are currently shown as column fields.

Gets the collection of all s that are currently showing as page fields.

the collection of all s that are currently showing as page fields.

Gets the collection of all s that are currently shown as data fields.

The collection of all s that are currently shown as data fields.

Calculates the values of this .

If the data source or pivot table changed since it was created or loaded from a file, needs to be refreshed. The following features are currently not supported when calculating pivot tables: Calculated pivot fields and pivot items. Grouped fields.

Represents a collection of all objects in the worksheet.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Adds a new to the collection.

The on which the new is based. The name of the new . The location where will be placed in the sheet. Newly created . can't be . must belong to the parent workbook. can't be or . can't be or . Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Adds a new to the collection.

The on which the new is based. The name of the new . The location where will be placed in the sheet. Newly created . can't be . must belong to the parent workbook. can't be null or . can't be . must belong to the parent sheet. Pivot Tables are used to arrange and aggregate complicated data and drill down on details. Source of data for Pivot Table can be: Worksheet - cell range, named range, table, etc. External - database, OLAP cube, textual file, web query, etc. Other - multiple consolidation ranges in the workbook, another Pivot Table, etc. GemBox.Spreadsheet currently supports creating only worksheet source. All other sources are supported through preservation (to correctly round-trip to XLSX format). Source of the data for Pivot Table contains following information: Scheme - data source fields/columns, its data types, etc. Data - actual data source records. Pivot Table does not directly reference its data source, but instead it references a cache of a data source. Cache of a data source contains an in-memory copy of data source scheme and, optionally, data and is stored in a workbook which may contain multiple caches of various sources of data. Cache can be updated/refreshed from a data source automatically (for example, when opening a workbook) or on request. Cache is used to provide better performance of Pivot Table functionality which requires frequent access to data records and their values and to enable sharing the same data source between multiple Pivot Tables. GemBox.Spreadsheet represents cache with a type. Cache source is represented with a type (and its sub-types) and can be accessed from a property. instances are stored in a collection. can be refreshed by using the method. is created from a with the specified name and the specified cell in the worksheet where it is placed using the method. contains the collection which elements can be moved into the following Pivot Table areas: Report Filter Area represented by collection. Row Axis represented by collection. Column Axis represented by collection. Values Area represented by collection. Each (non-calculated) can contain zero or more s which are used for filtering and grouping by a specific value. Except using fields defined in Pivot Table data source (more precisely, in ) which cannot be removed, Pivot Table can also define calculated s and calculated s which use a formula to specify their values. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if a field is calculated or is a field from the data source. Calculated is automatically moved to a Values Area ( collection) and only Values Area can contain calculated s. Calculated can be added using a method and removed using a method. Property tells if an item is calculated. If calculated is added/removed in one , then it is also added/removed from all other s which reference the same . Since adding/removing calculated s means changing the data scheme, which is defined in , actual modification is made in and propagated to all s which are referencing it. s can be re-ordered in a specific area using the method. s can be re-ordered using the method. GemBox.Spreadsheet provides functionality to calculate s by using the method which updates the cells in the . The method uses values stored in . If the cache is currently empty, or the values are outdated (because the underlying data source has changed), the cache needs to be refreshed using the method. Create Excel Pivot Tables in C# and VB.NET

Removes the at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the . is less than 0 or is equal to or greater than .

Removes all s from the collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents filter settings and provides filter functionality.

Gets the to filter.

The to filter.

Gets the filter fields.

The filter fields.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a top N (percent or number of items).

The pivot field that a set applies to. a value indicating whether or not to filter by top order. A value filters by bottom order. A value indicating whether or not to filter by percent value of the pivot field. A value filters by number of items. The top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. For example "Filter by Top 10 Percent" or "Filter by Top 5 Items". This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. must be greater than zero. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a top N (percent or number of items).

The pivot field that a set applies to. The pivot field containing summary values being filtered. a value indicating whether or not to filter by top order. A value filters by bottom order. A value indicating whether or not to filter by percent value of the pivot field. A value filters by number of items. The top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. For example "Filter by Top 10 Percent" or "Filter by Top 5 Items". This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. must be greater than zero. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The pivot field that a set applies to. The operator used by the filter condition. The value used by the filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The pivot field that a set applies to. The pivot field containing summary values being filtered. The operator used by the filter condition. The value used by the filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The pivot field that a set applies to. The operator used by the (first) filter condition. The value used by the (first) filter condition. The value indicating whether the two conditions have an "and" relationship. indicates "and" and indicates "or". The operator used by the second filter condition. The value used by the second filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a one or two conditions (operators and values).

The pivot field that a set applies to. The pivot field containing summary values being filtered. The operator used by the (first) filter condition. The value used by the (first) filter condition. The value indicating whether the two conditions have an "and" relationship. indicates "and" and indicates "or". The operator used by the second filter condition. The value used by the second filter condition. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. Value's type is not supported. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a dynamic criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today").

The pivot field that a set applies to. The dynamic filter type. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Sets a to a pivot field. filters by a dynamic criteria that can change, either with the data itself (e.g., "above average") or with the current system date (e.g., show values for "today").

The pivot field that a set applies to. The pivot field containing summary values being filtered. The dynamic filter type. This to specify additional filters or to apply filter. If already specifies a filter ( is not equal to ), it will be overridden.

Represents the sort options of a pivot field.

Gets a value indicating whether the sort is descending.

Gets a data field that is used to sort the pivot field.

Gets the pivot items that specify the row (or column) that will be used to sort the pivot field.

Specifies which options are applied to a style.

Do not apply any option.

Show row headers for the table.

Show column headers for the table.

Show row stripe formatting for the table.

Show column stripe formatting for the table.

Show the last column.

Represents a worksheet source of data.

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the cell range that is the source of the data.

The cell range that is the source of the data.

Gets the named range that is the source of the data.

The named range that is the source of the data.

An enumeration of supported pixel formats when saving an to an image using an .

Pixel format that is best suited for the particular operation.

Bgr101010 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 10 bits per pixel (BPP).

Bgr24 is a sRGB format with 24 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).

Bgr32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).

Bgr555 is a sRGB format with 16 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 5 bits per pixel (BPP).

Bgr565 is a sRGB format with 16 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (blue, green, and red) is allocated 5, 6, and 5 bits per pixel (BPP) respectively.

Bgra32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).

Black and white pixel format which displays one bit of data per pixel as either black or white.

Cmyk32 pixel format which displays 32 bits per pixel (BPP) with each color channel (cyan, magenta, yellow, and black) allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).

Gray16 pixel format which displays a 16 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 65536 shades of gray. This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Gray2 pixel format which displays a 2 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 4 shades of gray.

Gray32Float displays a 32 bits per pixel (BPP) grayscale channel, allowing over 4 billion shades of gray. This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Gray4 pixel format which displays a 4 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 16 shades of gray.

Gray8 pixel format which displays an 8 bits-per-pixel grayscale channel, allowing 256 shades of gray.

Pbgra32 is a sRGB format with 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value.

Prgba128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (red, green, blue, and alpha) is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value. This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Prgba64 is a sRGB format with 64 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (blue, green, red, and alpha) is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is pre-multiplied by the alpha value. This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Rgb128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is allocated 32 BPP. This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Rgb24 is a sRGB format with 24 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (red, green, and blue) is allocated 8 bits per pixel (BPP).

Rgb48 is a sRGB format with 48 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel (red, green, and blue) is allocated 16 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Rgba128Float is a ScRGB format with 128 bits per pixel (BPP). Each color channel is allocated 32 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Rgba64 is an sRGB format with 64 bits per pixel (BPP). Each channel (red, green, blue, and alpha) is allocated 16 bits per pixel (BPP). This format has a gamma of 1.0.

Option that specify the moving and sizing behavior of the (picture, chart, etc.) in the worksheet.

(picture, chart, etc.) will not move nor size with cells.

(picture, chart, etc.) will move but not size with cells.

(picture, chart, etc.) will move and size with cells.

Represents a range of cells to be protected.

Ranges listed here are protected only when the sheet protection is ON and the cell is flagged as being locked.If no password is specified here, then read/write permissions are automatically given to all users, regardless of additional security descriptor information. In other words, the security descriptor information (specific types of access) at the user level is only applied if a password for this range is specified. When a password is specified, then users not listed specifically as having access should be prompted with a password.If that user supplies the correct password, then they can edit the range or cell in question.This protection is optional and can be ignored by applications that choose not to support this functionality.

Gets or sets the title.

The title.

Gets or sets the range to be protected.

The range to be protected.

Sets the password.

The password.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of all protected ranges on the .

Gets the number of s actually contained in the .

The number of s actually contained in the .

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get. The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Gets the with the specified title or .

The with the specified title or . The title. The with the specified title or .

Adds the new to the current .

The title. A reference to a range of cells that should be protected. The optional password. A new added to the current . or is or .

Adds the new to the current .

The title. A reference to a range of cells that should be protected. A new added to the current . or is or .

Removes the at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Removes all s from the current .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator for the .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the .

An enumerator for the .

Indexing modes used by .

Rectangular indexing mode. Rectangular cell range is higher than one row and wider than one column.

Horizontal indexing mode. Horizontal cell range has CellRange.Height equal to 1.

Vertical indexing mode. Vertical cell range has CellRange.Width equal to 1.

Represents the possible cell remove shift directions.

Shift cells left.

Shift cells up.

Defines the supported rendering modes.

Use either the default implementation, , , or for rendering, depending on the availability and supported features.

Use Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) for rendering.

Use Skia (via SkiaSharp NuGet package) for rendering and HarfBuzz text-shaping engine for text formatting. Make sure your project also references the appropriate SkiaSharp.NativeAssets.* and HarfBuzzSharp.NativeAssets.* NuGet packages depending on the platform on which you are building/running your application.

The slowest one, implemented fully in the managed code.

Represents a picture in an .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The picture's stream. The picture's format.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

The file path of the picture to be added.

Gets the rich value type for which is .

The value.

Gets the picture stream.

The picture stream.

Gets the picture format.

The picture format.

The base class for rich values in an .

Gets the of this instance.

The of this instance.

Represents the supported rich value types.

The rich value type is picture.

Represents a base class for saving options of various file formats.

Following classes inherit from this base class: Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets the default options for saving to XLSX file format (Microsoft Excel Open XML Spreadsheet; Excel 2007 and later).

Gets the default options for saving to XLSB file format (Microsoft Excel Binary File Format).

Gets the default options for saving to, XLS file format (Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet format; Excel 2003 and prior versions) .

Gets the default options for saving to OpenDocument Spreadsheet file format.

Gets the default options for saving to Character Separated Values file format.

MS Excel uses ';' as default if current culture uses ',' for decimal separator. GemBox.Spreadsheet always uses ','.

Gets the default options for saving to Tab delimited file format.

Gets the default options for saving to Portable Document Format file.

Gets the default options for saving to HyperText Markup Language File format.

Gets the default options for saving to XML Paper Specification file format.

Gets the default options for saving to image formats.

Gets limitations for saving to a file formats.

This is the table for all limitations of each format:

	Rows	Columns	Colors	CellStyles
XLSX	1048576	16384	16000000	64000
XLS	65536	256	56	3979
ODS	1048576	16384	16000000	64000
CSV
TXT
HTML
PDF
XPS
IMAGE

Gets the content-type for this specific file format as defined in the RFC 2616.

The content-type for this specific file format. RFC 2616

Defines the possible settings for vertical alignment of a text and is used in member to get superscript or subscript text without altering the font size.

Returns the text to the baseline, default, alignment, and returns it to the original font size.

Specifies that text should be superscript. Raises the text above the baseline and changes it to a smaller size.

Specifies that text should be subscript. Lowers the text below the baseline and changes it to a smaller size.

Represents an X.509 certificate sent to others so that they can verify your digital signature with a public key contained in the certificate.

GemBox.Spreadsheet doesn't use class to represent a certificate because creates a file that holds the certificate with the public key (in various locations on a hard drive) and on some operating systems and platforms that file is not deleted unless method is called. Another reason why GemBox.Spreadsheet abstracts a certificate with a class instead of using directly is to enable different implementations of a certificate. For example, either implementation from .NET or Org.BouncyCastle.X509.X509Certificate implementation from Bouncy Castle could be used. RFC 5280: Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation List (CRL) Profile

Initializes a new instance of the class from a file with the specified file name.

The name of a certificate file. is .

Initializes a new instance of the class from the specified source. The certificate source is an instance of a .

The certificate source that is an instance of a . The parameter is not an instance of a .

Gets the subject distinguished name from the certificate.

The subject distinguished name from the certificate.

Gets the value of a Common Name attribute from 's distinguished name.

The value of a Common Name attribute from 's distinguished name.

Gets the copy of raw data of a .

The copy of raw data of the as a byte array.

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

A hash code for this instance, suitable for use in hashing algorithms and data structures like a hash table.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a commitment type when signing the document.

No commitment type

Created this document

Approved this document

Created and approved this document

Defines the selection which will be saved or printed.

Select .

Select all sheets in .

Specifies the sheet type.

The most common type of sheet is the worksheet, which is represented as a grid of cells.

Represents a chart that is stored in its own sheet.

Script positions used in ExcelWorksheet.Visibility.

Sheet is visible.

Sheet is hidden, but is displayed in unhide dialog.

Sheet is very hidden and can be made visible only programmatically.

Represents sort settings for a single sort level.

Excel Sorting example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to sort the values in the descending order. Default value is .

to sort the values in the descending order; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the column (or the row, if is ) index relative to the that this sort level applies to. Value is equal to or greater than zero and less than (or , if is ) of the .

The column (or the row, if is ) index relative to the that this sort level applies to. Sort level is removed from the sort state. Value is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Gets the custom list by which order of items to sort by. If is set to , then sorting will be performed based on the reverse order of items.

The custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Gets or sets the comparison method that compares two s. Default value is default comparison method based on the settings of this sort level.

The comparison method that compares two s. Use this property to override default comparison method based on the settings of this sort level. This member is not loaded from and saved to XLSX file since it is not supported by Office Open XML specification. It is used to customize GemBox.Spreadsheet functionality. If set to , reverts to default comparison method based on the settings of this sort level.

Sets the custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Sets the custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a collection of sort levels.

Gets the number of sort levels actually contained in the .

The number of sort levels actually contained in the .

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the to get. The at the specified index. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Gets the sort level applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) or if such sort level doesn't exist.

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that a returned applies to. The sort level applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) or if such sort level doesn't exist.

Inserts a new applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index into the at the specified index.

The zero-based index at which new should be inserted. Index of the column (or the row, if is ) relative to the that an inserted applies to. A new applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index relative to the . is less than zero or is equal to or greater than . is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Adds a new applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index into the .

Index of the column (or the row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. A new applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index relative to the . is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Removes the specific from the .

The to remove from the . if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was or was not found in the original .

Removes a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index from the .

Index of the column (or the row, if is ) relative to the that a removed applies to. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if with the specified column/row index was not found in the original .

Removes the at the specified index of the .

The zero-based index of the to remove. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Moves the at the specified index to a new location in the .

The zero-based index specifying the location of the to be moved. The zero-based index specifying the new location of the . is less than zero or is equal to or greater than . is less than zero or is equal to or greater than .

Removes all s from the .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the sort levels.

An enumerator that can be used to iterate through the sort levels.

Represents sort settings and provides sort functionality.

Use method to create or get a instance. Active is stored in the parent worksheet () and is loaded from and saved to XLSX file. Excel Sorting example

Gets the range to sort.

The range to sort.

Gets the sort levels.

The sort levels.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the sort is case-sensitive. Default value is .

if the sort is case-sensitive; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to sort from left to right (whether to sort columns instead of rows). Default value is .

to sort from left to right (to sort columns); otherwise, to sort from top to bottom (to sort rows). Sorting columns is not supported for the current sort state.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ).

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. This to specify additional sort levels or to apply sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. The custom list by which order of items to sort by. This to specify additional sort levels or to apply sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order to sort by.

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. to sort the values in the descending order; otherwise, . This to specify additional sort levels or to apply sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order and custom list by which order of items to sort by.

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. to sort the values in the descending order; otherwise, . The custom list by which order of items to sort by. This to specify additional sort levels or to apply sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified order and custom list by which order of items to sort by.

Adds a applied to a column (or a row, if is ) with the specified index (relative to the ) and with the specified comparison method to sort by.

The index of a column (or a row, if is ) relative to the that an added applies to. The comparison method to sort by. This to specify additional sort levels or to apply sort. is less than zero or is equal to or greater than (or , if is ) of the . Column/row at the specified index is being sorted by the same criteria more than once. Delete the duplicate sort criteria and try again.

Performs the sorting of this based on this settings.

Sort range contains merged cells. Hidden ( is ) rows (or columns, if is ) won't be sorted.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents a spreadsheet color.

Spreadsheet color can either be empty / none, automatic, theme, standard or custom. Empty, automatic, theme and standard colors can be created using the factory method which accepts parameter. System.Drawing.Color nor any other, technology-specific, color type wasn't deliberately used, because GemBox.Spreadsheet public interface is exposed only through GemBox.Spreadsheet and .NET BCL (base class library) types. To maintain backward compatibility implements implicit conversion operators to and from System.Drawing.Color.

Specifies whether this structure is uninitialized.

if this structure is uninitialized; otherwise, .

Gets the red component value of this structure.

The red component value of this structure.

Gets the green component value of this structure.

The green component value of this structure.

Gets the blue component value of this structure.

The blue component value of this structure.

Creates a structure from a 32-bit ARGB value.

A value specifying the 32-bit ARGB value. A structure with the specified value.

Creates a structure from the specified 8-bit color values (red, green, and blue). The alpha value is implicitly 255 (fully opaque). Although this method allows a 32-bit value to be passed for each color component, the value of each component is limited to 8 bits.

The red component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. The green component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. The blue component value for the new . Valid values are 0 through 255. A structure with the specified values. Parameter , , or is less than 0 or greater than 255.

Creates a structure from the specified predefined color.

An element of the enumeration. A structure with the specified value.

Gets the 32-bit ARGB value of this structure.

The 32-bit ARGB value of this .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other to compare with this instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Performs an implicit conversion from to .

The input . The output which is the result of the conversion.

Performs an implicit conversion from to .

The input color. The output which is the result of the conversion.

Represents errors that can occur in the GemBox.Spreadsheet component.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message.

Message string.

Initializes a new instance of the class with a specified error message and a reference to the inner exception that is the cause of this exception.

Message string. Inner exception.

Initializes a new instance of the class with serialized data.

Serialization info. Serialization context.

Hyperlink class.

If hyperlink exists returns true, otherwise returns false.

Defines if hyperlink location is in this excel file.

Gets or sets ToolTip for hyperlink.

Gets or sets the location string for hyperlink. URL has to be in escaped format (you can use System.Uri.EscapeUriString method).

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Collection of hyperlinks ().

You can set cell style to underline and font color to blue in order to appear as hyperlink, that is not done automatically.

Gets the hyperlink at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the hyperlink. The hyperlink at the specified index. Argument is out of range.

Gets the number of hyperlinks contained in the collection.

Removes all hyperlinks.

Removes the hyperlink at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the hyperlink to remove.

Removes the first occurrence of a specific from the collection.

The to remove from the collection. if is successfully removed; otherwise, . This method also returns if was not found in the original collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An object that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Represents a spreadsheet icon.

Gets the instance whose is equal to .

Initializes a new instance of the .

The icon style. The identifier of the icon from the set of icons specified by (usually a value between 0 and 4). cannot be set to . must be equal to 0 if is or must be equal to or greater than 0 and less than then number of icons defined in the .

Gets the icon style.

The icon style.

Gets the identifier of the icon from the set of icons specified in .

The identifier of the icon from the set of icons specified in .

Determines whether the is equal to this instance.

The other to compare with this instance. if the is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether and s are equal.

The first . The second . if and s are equal; otherwise, .

Determines whether and s are not equal.

The first . The second . if and s are not equal; otherwise, .

Represents an enumeration of visually distinct icon sets.

No Cell Icon.

The custom icon set. Used only as a return value of if icon set conditional formatting rule contains icons of different styles or icons are not ordered.

3 Arrows.

3 Arrows (Gray).

3 Flags.

3 Traffic Lights.

3 Traffic Lights (Rimmed).

3 Signs.

3 Symbols (Circled).

3 Symbols.

3 Stars.

3 Triangles.

4 Arrows.

4 Arrows (Gray).

Red To Black.

4 Ratings.

4 Traffic Lights.

5 Arrows.

5 Arrows (Gray).

5 Ratings.

5 Quarters.

Five Boxes.

Contains static licensing methods and diagnostic information about executing GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly.

Occurs in loading or saving when GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly is used with FREE-LIMITED-KEY license key and free limit is reached.

This event is raised when GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly is used with FREE-LIMITED-KEY license key and maximum number of rows (150 rows) or sheets (5 sheets) are reached. Free mode will read / write first 150 rows/5 sheets normally and, if file has more than 150 rows or 5 sheets, it will throw .You can use this event to continue using the assembly in a trial mode for performance testing (set to ) or to stop further reading/writing (set to ).Trial mode will read and write all file content but will insert word "TRIAL" on random places in the file.For more information about GemBox.Spreadsheet evaluation and licensing, see evaluation and licensing.

GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly title.

GemBox.Spreadsheet assembly full version.

Call this method from your application to set GemBox.Spreadsheet serial key.

You should call this method before using any other class from GemBox.Spreadsheet library. Key can only be set once (if you try second key, it will be ignored). The best place to call this method is from static constructor of your application's main class. Valid serial key has multiple groups of alphanumeric characters, separated with dashes. Free version serial key is: FREE-LIMITED-KEY. Serial key.

Represents a workbook (master) style which can be shared by multiple cells.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this style is hidden in the application UI.

if this style is hidden in the application UI; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the number formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if number formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the alignment formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if alignment formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the font formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if font formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the border formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if border formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the fill formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if fill formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the protection formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell.

if protection formatting specified for this style will be used when this style is applied to a cell; otherwise, . Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint.

Gets or sets the language for this style.

Gets or sets the name of this style.

The name of this style. Conceptually, cell formatting is divided into following groups: Number - indicates how to format and render the numeric value of a cell. Associated property is . Alignment - formatting information pertaining to text alignment in cells. Associated properties are , , , , , and . Font - defines the properties for the used font. Associated property is . Border - expresses a single set of cell border formats (left, right, top, bottom and diagonal). Associated property is . Fill - specifies fill formatting (pattern or gradient). Associated property is . Protection - contains protection properties associated with the cell. Associated properties are and . Additional properties not associated with any formatting group are: - name of the referenced workbook style. - to store numeric value of a cell as text; otherwise, . - if referenced workbook style is default () and there are no additional modifications of cell formatting; otherwise, . Workbook contains a set of master styles which can be referenced by multiple cells. Workbook must always contain at least one master style which cannot be removed and is, by default, referenced by all cells. This default style is . Workbook style can either be built-in or user-defined. Built-in style is accessible from workbook styles via enumeration. Cell formatting group (Number, Alignment, Font, Border, Fill or Protection) (and its associated properties) is resolved from referenced workbook (master) style, unless cell formatting group or its associated property is modified. Cell formatting is available for one or more cells through property which is available on and types. Cell formatting specified on and types through property is simply propagated to cell formatting of its . For performance reasons, cell formatting on is resolved based just on its top-left cell formatting, except borders which are resolved based on corner cells depending on border side. Setting cell formatting property on is propagated to each cell in a range. To set workbook (master) style to one or more cells, simply assign it to property. Preferable way to modify formatting property of multiple cells is to get to which all those cells belong, and use property of that range to make the modification. If modifying multiple formatting properties of a , without preserving unmodified formatting properties, preferable way is to create new instance of , make modifications on it, and assign it to property of that range. GemBox.Spreadsheet internally takes care not to allocate unnecessary cells when formatting a range of cells (for example, when formatting all worksheet cells) and to cache formatting information of equally formatted cells, at the appropriate time, to reduce memory footprint. Name cannot be changed if style is built-in.

Represents a built-in styles.

No built-in style.

'TableStyleLight1' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight2' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight3' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight4' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight5' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight6' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight7' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight8' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight9' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight10' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight11' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight12' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight13' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight14' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight15' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight16' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight17' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight18' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight19' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight20' built-in style.

'TableStyleLight21' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium1' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium2' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium3' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium4' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium5' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium6' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium7' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium8' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium9' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium10' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium11' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium12' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium13' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium14' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium15' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium16' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium17' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium18' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium19' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium20' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium21' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium22' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium23' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium24' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium25' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium26' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium27' built-in style.

'TableStyleMedium28' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark1' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark2' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark3' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark4' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark5' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark6' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark7' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark8' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark9' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark10' built-in style.

'TableStyleDark11' built-in style.

Represents a worksheet table. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the table name.

The table name.

Gets the collection of table columns.

The collection of table columns.

Gets the collection of table rows.

The collection of table rows.

Gets or sets the built-in style used in the body of the .

The built-in style used in the body of the .

Gets or sets the options to be applied to the style.

The options to be applied to the style.

Gets the table range.

The . Property returns complete table range which includes header row and, if enabled, totals row.

Gets the table data range.

The . Property returns table range without header row and, if enabled, totals row.

Gets if table has header row or not

True if this table has header row; otherwise, false

Gets or sets a value indicating whether this table has a totals row.

True if this table has totals row; otherwise, false.

Gets or sets the table filter. Returns if no is active.

The table filter.

Gets the table sort.

The table sort.

Gets the table alternative text.

The alternative text.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Determines whether the specified is equal to this instance.

The to compare with this instance. if the specified is a and is equal to this instance; otherwise, .

Returns a hash code for this instance.

An integer value that specifies a hash value for this instance.

Represents alternative, text-based representation of the information contained in the parent .

Gets or sets the alternative title.

The alternative title.

Gets or sets the alternative description.

The alternative description.

A collection of items. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the at the specified index.

The at the specified index. The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets described by name from the collection.

Name of the table.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Gets the collection enumerator.

The collection enumerator.

Adds a new to the collection.

The name of the . The cell range. Specifies whether the range contains a header row. Newly added . Method creates and adds a new table to the worksheet. If is true first row in specified range will be used as header row; otherwise, table's range will be expanded by inserting a header row.

Adds a new to the collection.

Removes the at the specified index.

The table index. The removal shift direction.

Removes the specified .

The table. The removal shift direction. True if was removed from the collection; otherwise, false. is null.

Represents a column. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the parent .

The parent .

Gets the column name without filling any value if it is null

The column name

Gets the column index.

The column index.

Gets the column range.

The . Property returns complete column range which includes header row and, if enabled, totals row.

Gets the column data range.

The . Property returns column range without header row and, if enabled, totals row.

Gets or sets the column name.

The column name.

Gets or sets the totals row function.

The totals row function. Parent table doesn't have totals row.

Gets or sets the totals row formula.

The totals row formula. Parent table doesn't have totals row.

A collection of items. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the number of s contained in the collection.

The number of s contained in the collection.

Gets the at the specified index.

The . The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Gets described by name from the collection.

Name of the table column.

Gets the collection enumerator.

The collection enumerator.

Adds a new to the collection.

Newly added .

Inserts a new at the specified index.

The column index. Newly added . is out of range.

Removes the at the specified index.

The column index.

Removes the specified .

The table column. if was removed from the collection; otherwise, . is null.

Represents a row. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the parent .

The parent .

Gets the row index.

The row index.

Gets the row data range.

The .

Represents a collection of rows, not including header and, if enabled, totals row. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the number of rows contained in the table, not including the header row and, if enabled, totals row.

The number of rows contained in the table.

Gets the at the specified index.

The . The zero-based index of the . The at the specified index.

Adds a new .

Added .

Adds a new with the specified cell values.

The values for row's cells. Added .

Adds the specified number of new s.

The number of s to add. Added s.

Inserts a new at the specified index.

The row index. Inserted . is out of range.

Inserts a new with the specified cell values.

The row index. The values for row's cells. Inserted . is out of range.

Inserts the specified number of new s at the specified index.

Inserted s. The row index. The number of rows to insert. is out of range or is less than 1.

Removes the specified .

The table row. if was removed from the collection; otherwise, . is null.

Removes the row at the specified index.

The row index. is out of range.

Removes the specified number of rows at the specified index.

The row index. The number of rows to remove. is out of range. or is less than 1.

Gets the collection enumerator.

The collection enumerator.

Specifies which options are applied to a style.

Do not apply any option.

Show the first column.

Show the last column.

Show row stripe formatting for the table.

Show column stripe formatting for the table.

Total row functions.

Custom function.

None.

Average.

Count of number cells.

Count of number and non-empty cells.

Maximum value.

Minimum value.

Standard deviation.

Sum.

Variance.

Represents available reading order options used in member.

Context Dependent if the first non-whitespace character is a strong right-to-left character, the reading order is right-to-left; otherwise, the reading order is left-to-right.

The reading order is left-to-right.

The reading order is right-to-left.

An enumeration of supported compression schemes for Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) when saving an to an image using an .

The encoder attempts to save the bitmap with the best possible compression schema.

The Tagged Image File Format (TIFF) image will not be compressed.

The CCITT3 compression schema.

The CCITT4 compression schema.

The LZW compression schema.

The RLE compression schema.

Zip compression schema.

Represents a filter that filters by a top N (percent or number of items).

Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not to filter by top order. A value filters by bottom order. Default value is .

to filter by top order; otherwise, .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether or not to filter by percent value of the column. A value filters by number of items. Default value is .

to filter by percent value of the column; otherwise, .

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets or sets the top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. For example "Filter by Top 10 Percent" or "Filter by Top 5 Items".

The top or bottom value to use as the filter criteria. Value must be greater than zero.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Represents the different types of possible underline formatting used in member.

No underline.

Single-line underlining under each character in the cell.

Double-line underlining under each character in the cell.

Single-line accounting underlining under each character in the cell. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

Double-line accounting underlining under each character in the cell. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

Represents a filter that filters by a list of values.

Excel AutoFiltering example

Gets the value.

The value.

Gets the list of values to filter by. The list can contain , and values.

The list of values to filter by.

Returns a that represents this instance.

A that represents this instance. This method should be used primarily for debugging purposes and should be considered volatile (format of its return value might change in future versions).

Sets the list of values to filter by. The list can contain , and values.

The list of values to filter by. contains an item which is not , or .

Sets the list of values to filter by. The list can contain , and values.

The list of values to filter by. contains an item which is not , or .

Represents the module in .

Gets or sets the name of .

Gets or sets the code of .

Gets the type of .

Represents the collection of .

Gets the number of elements contained.

Gets the at the specified index.

The zero-based index of the to get. that corresponds to the given index.

Gets the with the given name.

Name of the to get. that corresponds to the given name.

Creates and returns a new with the given name and with the type of .

Name of the returning . that is created and added to the collection.

Removes all items from the collection.

Indicates whether this collection contains the object with the specified .

The name of the module to locate. if the collection contains an item with the ; otherwise, .

Returns an enumerator that iterates through the collection.

A that can be used to iterate through the collection.

Removes the by name.

Name of the contained in the collection.

Removes the given .

The that will be removed from this collection.

Removes the from the given index.

The index of the that will be removed.

Tries to get the with the specified .

Name of the contained in the collection. The found with the given . if the collection contains an item with the ; otherwise, .

Gets the that is bound to the given .

The that has the being bound. that is bound to the given worksheet.

Creates and returns a new bound to the given .

The worksheet to bind the module. that is created and added to the collection.

Creates and returns a new with the given name and bound to the given .

The to bind . Name of the returning . that is created and added to the collection.

Creates and returns a new with the given name and type. If the given is , returning will be bound to .

Name of the returning . Type of the returning . that is created and added to the collection.

Clones and returns a new from the given module.

Source to be cloned. that is cloned and added to the collection. If is and the corresponding is not found and is null or empty returns If is and the corresponding is not found, then there are two possible operations. If exists in the then of the cloned will be instead. Otherwise method will return

Indicates whether this collection contains the object with the specified .

The that binds . if the collection contains an item bound to the ; otherwise, .

Tries to get the with the specified .

The that binds . The found with the given . if the collection contains an item that is bound to the ; otherwise, .

Represents the type of .

A collection of subroutines and functions.

A type of VBA project item that specifies a module for embedded macros and programmatic access operations that are associated with a document.

A module that contains the definition for a new object. Each instance of a class creates a new object, and procedures that are defined in the module become properties and methods of the object.

A VBA module that extends the methods and properties of an ActiveX control that has been registered with the project.

Represents the VBA project.

Gets all objects.

Gets or sets the name of the .

Deletes this VBA project from the workbook.

Represents available vertical alignment options used in member.

The vertical alignment is aligned-to-top.

The vertical alignment is centered across the height of the cell.

The vertical alignment is aligned-to-bottom.

When text direction is horizontal: the vertical alignment of lines of text is distributed vertically, where each line of text inside the cell is evenly distributed across the height of the cell, with flush top and bottom margins. When text direction is vertical: similar behavior as horizontal justification. The alignment is justified (flush top and bottom in this case). For each line of text, each line of the wrapped text in a cell is aligned to the top and bottom (except the last line). If no single line of text wraps in the cell, then the text is not justified. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

When text direction is horizontal: the vertical alignment of lines of text is distributed vertically, where each line of text inside the cell is evenly distributed across the height of the cell, with flush top and bottom margins. When text direction is vertical: behaves exactly as distributed horizontal alignment. The first words in a line of text (appearing at the top of the cell) are flush with the top edge of the cell, and the last words of a line of text are flush with the bottom edge of the cell, and the line of text is distributed evenly from top to bottom. This option is currently not supported in PDF, XPS, and image formats and defaults to .

Specifies a vertical position where the new page begins when the worksheet is printed.

Index of the first column of the new page.

Index of the first row of the new page.

Use 0 (first row) if you don't care.

Index of the last row of the new page.

Use 65535 (last row) if you don't care.

Collection of vertical page breaks ().

Adds a new vertical page break left to the specified column.

The zero-based index of the column.

Adds a new vertical page break left to the specified column and within specified rows.

The zero-based index of the column. The zero-based index of the first row. The zero-based index of the last row.

Gets or sets the vertical page break at the specified index.

Specifies the view type.

Normal view

Page break preview

Page Layout View

is used for importing control into and exporting a from into control.

Import and Export Excel to DataGridView in C# and VB.NET

Imports data from control into using specified options.

Destination . Source . . Import and Export Excel to DataGridView in C# and VB.NET

Imports data from to using specified options.

Source . Destination . . Import and Export Excel to DataGridView in C# and VB.NET

Represents options for exporting data from to .

Use default constructor to export used cell range. Import and Export Excel to DataGridView in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the index of the first row of data being exported from .

Gets or sets the index of the first column of data being exported from .

Gets or sets the number of rows being exported from .

Gets or sets the number of columns being exported from .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to use first row of exported data for column headers.

Gets or sets a predicate that determines if the given is part of the header. This is useful when you don't know in which row a header has been placed.

Gets or sets the direction in which the header row will be searched. Default value is

Initializes an instance of class.

Use this constructor to export used cell range.

Initializes an instance of class.

Index of the first row of data being exported from . Index of the first column of data being exported from . Number of rows being exported from . Number of columns being exported from .

Initializes an instance of class.

Name of the first (top left) cell of data being exported from . Number of rows being exported from . Number of columns being exported from .

Represents options for importing data from to .

Import and Export Excel to DataGridView in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the index of the first row of imported data in .

Gets or sets the index of the first column of imported data in .

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to import column headers into first row.

Initializes an instance of class.

Index of the first row of imported data in . Index of the first column of imported data in .

Initializes an instance of class.

Name of the first (top left) cell of imported data in .

Represents a direction in which the header row will be searched.

Search from top to bottom.

Search from bottom to top.

Represents a collection of workbook links (also called external references).

Refreshes the content of linked workbooks embedded in the , ensuring they reflect the latest external data.

Workbook protection settings. Supported in XLSX only.

Properties in this class are simply written to Excel file and have no effect on the behavior of this library. For more information on workbook protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Gets or sets the password hash for protected workbook.

This property needs to be set to value (property is of type because is not CLS compliant). For setting password, a method can also be used.

Gets or sets if workbook structure is protected. Default value is .

Gets or sets if workbook window is protected. Default value is .

Gets a value indicating whether the protected workbook has a password.

if the workbook is password protected; otherwise, .

Sets the password for protected workbook.

The password.

Collection of worksheet custom properties. Supported in XLSX only.

Gets the number of custom properties in the collection.

Adds a new custom property.

Custom property name. Custom property value. If is null. If is null.

Determines whether a custom property is in the collection.

Custom property name to locate in the collection. true if custom property is found; otherwise false. If is null.

Gets or sets a custom property value by name.

If is null. If is null. If the given name was not present.

Gets or sets a custom property value by zero-based index.

If the given index is less than 0 or greater than or equal to .

Attempts to get the value of a custom property with the specified name.

Custom property name to locate in the collection. Custom property value associated with the specified name, if the name is found; otherwise null. true if the collection contains a custom property with the specified name; otherwise, false. If is null.

Removes a custom property by name.

true if removed; otherwise false. If is null.

Removes the custom property at the specified zero-based index.

If the given index is less than 0 or greater than or equal to .

Removes all custom properties.

Returns an enumerator for the collection.

An enumerator for the collection.

Represents the worksheet panes.

Initializes a new instance of the class with frozen state.

Number of rows visible in the top pane. Number of columns visible in the left pane.

Initializes a new instance of the class.

State of the panes. If the panes are frozen, xSplit represents the number of columns visible in the left pane. If the panes are not frozen, xSplit represents the position of the split, in 1/20th of a point, 0 (zero) if none. If the panes are frozen, ySplit represents the number of rows visible in the top pane. If the panes are not frozen, ySplit represents the position of the split, in 1/20th of a point, 0 (zero) if none. Top left visible cell in the bottom right pane. Position of the active pane.

Copy constructor.

Source pane.

Gets or sets the state of the panes.

Gets or sets the XSplit value.

If the panes are frozen, xSplit represents the number of columns visible in the top right pane. If the panes are not frozen, xSplit represents the position of the split, in 1/20th of a point, 0 (zero) if none.

Gets or sets the XSplit value.

If the panes are frozen, ySplit represents the number of rows visible in the top right pane. If the panes are not frozen, ySplit represents the position of the split, in 1/20th of a point, 0 (zero) if none.

Gets or sets the top left visible cell in the bottom right pane.

Gets or sets the active pane.

Protection settings. Supported in XLSX, XLSB and XLS only.

Properties in this class are simply written to Excel file and have no effect on the behavior of this library. For more information on worksheet protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Gets or sets the password hash for protected sheet.

This property needs to be set to value (property is of type because is not CLS compliant). For setting password, a method can also be used.

Gets a value indicating whether the protected sheet has a password.

if the worksheet is password protected; otherwise, .

Gets or sets if selecting locked cells is allowed. Default value is .

Gets or sets if selecting unlocked cells is allowed. Default value is .

Gets or sets if formatting cells is allowed.

Gets or sets if formatting columns is allowed.

Gets or sets if formatting rows is allowed.

Gets or sets if inserting columns is allowed.

Gets or sets if inserting rows is allowed.

Gets or sets if inserting hyperlinks is allowed.

Gets or sets if deleting columns is allowed.

Gets or sets if deleting rows is allowed.

Gets or sets if sorting is allowed.

Gets or sets if using autofilter is allowed.

Gets or sets if using pivot table reports is allowed.

Gets or sets if editing objects is allowed.

Gets or sets if editing scenarios is allowed.

Sets the password for protected sheet.

The password.

Provides helper methods for dealing with Windows Presentation Foundation (WPF) dispatcherresource leaks in multithreaded applications.

GemBox uses or might use WPF for the following operations: printing, converting to an XpsDocument or an ImageSource, saving to an XPS file or an image file, getting page or drawing content as FrameworkElement, bitmap decoding and encoding, rasterizing the vectorized content, text formatting (shaping), converting colors between custom color spaces, transferring data to and from the system Clipboard, and other. For some of these operations, such as printing and converting to an ImageSource, the use of WPF is mandatory because no alternative is currently provided or possible. For other operations, an alternative to WPF might be used instead. For example, for saving to an XPS file or an image file and rasterizing the vectorized content, Skia (via SkiaSharp NuGet package) might be used instead. For bitmap decoding and encoding, GDI+, Skia, or internal GemBox implementation might be used instead. And for text shaping, HarfBuzz (via HarfBuzzSharp NuGet package) or internal GemBox implementation might be used instead. If WPF is used in a non-WPF application or in a WPF application but not in its main (UI) thread, the instance of a Dispatcher class is implicitly created for each thread in which WPF is used and this instance must be shutdown before the thread terminates, otherwise the resource leak happens. The Dispatcher shutdown must be invoked in the same thread in which the Dispatcher was created. Since GemBox doesn't know if the code running after the GemBox code in the same thread might use WPF (and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown) nor GemBox has an option to be notified before a thread terminates (to shutdown the Dispatcher then and prevent the resource leak), GemBox won't use WPF in a thread that doesn't already have an associated Dispatcher or if it was already shutdown. In other words, GemBox guarantees that its code won't initiate a creation of a Dispatcher instance in any currently existing thread, except those listed below, thus preventing the resource leak. Therefore, for operations for which the use of WPF is not mandatory, an alternative to WPF will be used instead, and for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory, GemBox will create a new thread, associate a new Dispatcher with it, use WPF in that thread, and shutdown the Dispatcher before that thread terminates thus preventing the resource leak. In the meantime, the current thread will wait for this thread to terminate via the Join method. For reasons explained below, GemBox might still initiate a creation of a Dispatcher instance in the following threads without shutting it down, thus allowing the resource leak to happen: The thread in which you set the to because with this operation you explicitly allow the thread to leak resources. The main (primary) thread of your application because when it terminates, the application's process exists and the operating system reclaims all used resources. Threads whose name ends with 'GemBox WPF background thread' because GemBox component and testing infrastructure relies on this. If you want GemBox to use WPF (for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory) or to consider using WPF (for operations for which an alternative to WPF might be used instead) in the current thread, you must create a Dispatcher instance for the current thread and you mustshutdown the Dispatcher before that thread terminates to prevent the resource leak. A utility method can be used for this purpose. The returned must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak. If the of the returned is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown. You should create and shutdown the Dispatcher instance for the current thread (for example, with the method and the returned ) only if you created the current thread or it is the main (primary) thread of your application. Otherwise, the thread might belong to the managed thread pool and/or the code running after your code in that thread might use WPF and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown. WPF Threading Model WPF Architecture - System.Threading.DispatcherObject HwndWrapper leaks class registrations (ATOMs returned by RegisterClassEx) Atom table leak after window running on a separate thread closes (Check the demo) Atom Table Monitor

Gets or sets the maximum number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive, thus leaking resources. If the value is negative, then counting of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive is not performed. Default value: -1.

The maximum number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive. For diagnostics purposes of reliably detecting the dispatcherresource leaks in multithreaded applications, you can set the value of the property to a non-negative value and optionally use in each newly created thread. If you want the current thread to be excluded from this verification and allow it to leak resources, set the to . Setting the to also enables GemBox to use or consider using WPF in the current thread without GemBox shutting down the associated Dispatcher instance thus allowing GemBox code to leak resources.

Gets or sets the value whether the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread must be shutdown before the current thread terminates in the context of verification done by the method. The default list of threads whose associated Dispatcher instance doesn't have to be shutdown are listed in the remarks of the class.

to include the current thread to the the verification done by the method; otherwise, to exclude the current thread from the the verification done by the method thus allowing it to leak resources.

Iterates over the list of threads in which was called and counts the number of Dispatcher instances associated with terminated threads that have not been shutdown while their associated thread was alive, thus leaking resources, and throws an if that number is greater than the . If the value of the is negative, then this method does nothing.

The application is leaking more resources that specified by the limit. Please read the documentation of the class for more information how to prevent the resource leak.

Creates a Dispatcher instance for the current thread if it was not already created. The returned must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak. Use this method if you want GemBox to use WPF (for operations for which the use of WPF is mandatory) or to consider using WPF (for operations for which an alternative to WPF might be used instead) in the current thread. If the of the returned is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown. You should call this method only if you created the current thread or it is the main (primary) thread of your application. Otherwise, the thread might belong to the managed thread pool and/or the code running after your code in that thread might use WPF and therefore require a Dispatcher instance that is not shutdown. For more information, read the class remarks.

A instance that must be disposed before the current thread terminates to shutdown the newly createdDispatcher and prevent the resource leak.

Represents the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread and provides a means to shut it down if it was newly created before the current thread terminates, thus preventing the resource leak.

Gets a value indicating whether a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread was created with the method call or it already existed before.

if a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread was created with the method call; otherwise, if it already existed before. The method will shutdown the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread only if the value of this property is .

Gets a value indicating a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread is already shutdown.

if a Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread is already shutdown; otherwise, . If the value of this property is then GemBox will use or consider using WPF in the current thread; otherwise, if the value is , GemBox won't use WPF in the current thread because its Dispatcher is already shutdown.

Shuts down the Dispatcher instance associated with the current thread if it was newly created.

The call was not made in the same thread in which the method was called. This method must be called in the same thread in which the method was called.

Write protection settings. Supported in XLSX only.

Properties in this class are simply written to Excel file and have no effect on the behavior of this library. For more information on write protection, consult Microsoft Excel documentation.

Gets and sets the author.

Gets or sets option that specifies if applications should provide user interface recommending that the user open this spreadsheet in write protected state.

if applications should provide user interface recommending that the user open this spreadsheet in write protected state; otherwise, .

Gets or sets the password hash.

This property needs to be set to value (property is of type because is not CLS compliant). For setting password, a method can also be used.

Gets a value indicating whether the workbook has write protection password.

if the workbook has write protection password; otherwise, .

Sets the password for write protection.

The password.

Represent options for loading from XLSB file format (Microsoft Excel Binary File Format).

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve XLSB file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model.

to preserve XLSB file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model; otherwise, . Default value is set to .

Gets or sets the password to open protected / encrypted workbook.

Excel Encryption for XLSB in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the streaming mode that allows streamlined reading of s of each of a loaded . Default value: .

The streaming mode.

Occurs when the loading progress of a file has changed.

The file path or stream that was provided as a file source is used as a .

Determines whether the file is an encrypted XLSB.

The path from which to read a file. if file is an encrypted XLSB; otherwise, .

Determines whether the file is an encrypted XLSB.

The stream from which to read a file. if file is an encrypted XLSB; otherwise, .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents options for saving to, XLS file format (Microsoft Excel Spreadsheet format; Excel 2003 and prior versions) .

Create and write Excel file in C# and VB.NET

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Gets limitations for saving to XLS file format.

These are the limits: MaxRows: 65536MaxColumns: 256MaxColors: 56MaxCellStyles: 3979

Gets the content-type for XLS file format: application/vnd.ms-excel.

The content-type for XLS file format.

Represents a class that stores details for signing a workbook saved to XLSX file with a digital signature.

Workbook will be digitally signed when saved to a XLSX if , or is specified, otherwise it will be saved but not digitally signed.

Gets or sets a value indicating whether the signature is XMS Advanced Electronic Signature (XAdES). The default value of this property is .

if the signature is XML Advanced Electronic Signature (XAdES); otherwise, .

Gets or sets the commitment type when signing a document.

The commitment type when signing a document. This property is saved to the document only when is .

Gets or sets the signer role.

The signer role. This property is saved to the document only when is .

Get or sets the location at which the signature was created

The location at which the signature was created This property is displayed in document only when is .

Get or sets the additional location at which the signature was created

The additional location at which the signature was created This property is displayed in document only when is .

Gets or sets the city associated with the signer

The city associated with the signer This property is saved to the document only when is .

Gets or sets the state or province associated with the signer

The state or province associated with the signer This property is saved to the document only when is .

Gets or sets the postal or zip code associated with the signer

The postal or zip code associated with the signer This property is saved to the document only when is .

Gets or sets the country associated with the signer

The country associated with the signer This property is saved to the document only when is .

Gets additional certificates to be embedded in the signature.

The additional certificates to be embedded in the signature. This property is saved to the document only when is .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represent options for loading from XLSX file format (Microsoft Excel Open XML Spreadsheet; Strict Open XML Spreadsheet; Excel 2007 and later).

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets a value indicating whether to preserve XLSX file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model.

to preserve XLSX file format features that are not directly supported through GemBox.Spreadsheet object model; otherwise, . Default value is set to .

Gets or sets the password to open protected / encrypted workbook.

Excel Encryption for XLSX in C# and VB.NET

Gets or sets the streaming mode that allows streamlined reading of s of each of a loaded . Default value: .

The streaming mode.

Gets or sets the maximum number of cells that can be loaded from a file. When the specified limit is exceeded, a is thrown. The default value is -1, indicating no limit.

Occurs when the loading progress of a file has changed.

The file path or stream that was provided as a file source is used as a .

Determines whether the file is an encrypted XLSX.

The path from which to read a file. if file is an encrypted XLSX; otherwise, .

Determines whether the file is an encrypted XLSX.

The stream from which to read a file. if file is an encrypted XLSX; otherwise, .

Initializes a new instance of the class.

Represents options for loading from XML file format (XML Spreadsheet 2003, also called SpreadsheetML).

Open and read Excel file in C# and VB.NET Convert Excel files to PDF in C# and VB.NET